PI-VR - VRED Professional 4.2 - PI-VR GmbH

VRED Documentation 

You are here: 

VRED Professional 4.2 

New features in VRED 

Professional 4.2 

Getting started 

Using VRED Professional 

Menus and icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Welcome to the VRED Documentation


You are here: 

Searchbox 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question


You are here: New features in VRED Professional 4.2 

New features in VRED Professional 4.2 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

VRED Professional 4.2 - New Features 

Among numerous changes and improvements we are proud to present the new features of VRED Professional 

4.2. 

Direct Nurbs Raytracing - As the first prototype visualization tool worldwide, VRED Professional now is 

capable of rendering NURBS data in realtime raytracing without tesselation. NURBS surfaces can therefore be 

evaluated without having to recalculate on a polygonal basis, and allows you to display huge scenes that can 

be scaled without the loss of details. 

CAD Import improvements - VRED Professional 4.2 now has a completely new CAD import engine. It can 

now distribute parallel workloads to all locally available processors and takes advantage of high end 

computing power. Depending on the hardware, the tesselation time can be accelerated by factor 8. 

TextureEditor - The all new TextureEditor now features a completely new and intuitive way of seamlessly 

texturing geometry by easy-to-learn and wellknown gizmos - in realtime. Texturing feedback is now more 

haptic and leads to a new level of interactive working. 

CameraEditor - The CameraEditor is completely renewed and allows the setting of simple views as well as 

the configuration of complex shots including field of view, motion blur, depth of field and many more.

IES Light Profiles - VRED Professional 4.2 now fully supports the implementation of IES Light Profiles. IES 

Lihght Profiles fully simulate existing lightsources as for bulbs, xenon lights, halogen lights etc. The power, 

falloff, color and other attributes are taken into calculation to simulate highend realistic light. 

Data Preparation in Raytracing Mode: Data preparation of digital models can now be done in raytracing 

mode. Since the number of polygons beeing displayable by graphics cards is strongly limited by the amount 

of memory on the graphics board, raytracing offers new perspectives regarding the possibilities of data 

preparation of huge scenes. Now, VRED Professional is capable of preparing data sets containig hundreds of 

millions of polygons without any problems as the number of polygons is only limited by the amount of RAM.

VRED Professional has once again sets the benchmark for virtual prototyping and high end visualization 

software solutions. We, the PI-VR GmbH are very proud to present the new VRED Professional 4.2.


You are here: Send Question 

Send Question 

If you got any question regarding the functionalities of VRED, please use the following form: 

Name: 

Email: 

Question:


You are here: Getting started 





System requirements 

Installation 

Licensing 



Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


This topic provides information about the system requirements of VRED as well as information about the 

installation process and the licensing system.


You are here: Using VRED Professional 






Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 

Navigation in Renderview 

Selection 

Transform 

Node attributes 

Preferences 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

This chapter provides you with general information 

regarding interface, navigation, selection, manipulating 

objects and setting up the preferences.


You are here: Menus and icons tab 







Menus 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

This chapter provides information about the use of the Menus and Icons Tab in VRED Professional.


You are here: Scenegraph 

Scenegraph 






Scenegraph 

Scenegraph Menu 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Scenegraph 

The Scenegraph lists all nodes the current scene 

consists of. 

There are different icons which give the user an 

indication about which types of node the scene 

consists. 

The basic node which is always the top node of each 

VRED scene is the Root node. The Root node is a 

group node. 

The Root group is the top node of each VRED file and 

cannot be deleted nor renamed or anyhow edited. 

All additional nodes must be children of the Root node. 

Mouse entries in the Scenegraph. 

Rename -> Left Mouse Click on a selected node to 

rename the node. 

Open node graph -> Double Left Mouse Click to 

enlarge the selected node`s graph. All children of the selected node will be displayed. 

Move objects in Scenegraph -> Left Mouse Click Drag to move nodes in the Scenegraph. While moving 

objects in the Scenegraph a blue or red indicator will be drawn. 

Blue - moves selected node into another node. 

Red - moves selected node at the specific position in the scene structure. 

Move objects from Scenegraph into RenderView -> Left Mouse Click Drag objects from the Scengraph 

into the RenderView to view only selected objects in the RenderView.


You are here: Modules 

Modules 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 

Material Editor 

Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 

Appearance Tab 

Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Modules 

These key modules include features for 

shading, texturing and manipulating objects 

and environments, as well as special functions 

for animating and grouping objects into whole 

variantsets. 

Most features you might want to use within 

preparation and visualisation of objects and 

scenes can be found in the modules corner.


You are here: Search 

Search 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Please enter your search term below 

Search for: 

Advanced search


You are here: Send Question 

Send Question 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

If you got any question regarding the functionalities of VRED, please use the following form: 

Name: 

Email: 

Question:


You are here: Getting started > System requirements 






Installation 

Licensing 



Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

PI-VR GmbH certifies certain computer-system-configurations to meet the requirements to work with VRED. 

To determine whether your particular system meets these requirements, please check the following table. 

Category 

Hardware 

Values 

(32-bit) Intel® Pentium® 4 or higher, AMD Athlon® XP 

processor (must be SSE capable) 

(64-bit) Intel® processor with Intel® EM64T-capable or 

AMD® Athlon 64, AMD Opteron® processor 

1GB RAM 

DVD drive or Internet connection 

ethernet card (required for licensing VRED uniquely to your 

machine) 

three-button mouse with mouse driver software 

Graphics 

requirements 

a qualified hardware-accelerated OpenGL® graphics card 

(overlay plane capability is recommended) 

Operating 

system 

(32-bit) Windows XP Professional (SP2) 

(64-bit) Windows XP Professional x64 Edition (SP1 or higher) 

Microsoft Windows Vista, Business or Ultimate edition (32-Bit 

and 64-Bit). 

TCP/IP network protocol software (for running VRED network 

rendering and other features) 

a graphics card driver. Driver software is available from the 

manufacturers web site. 

appropriate driver software for optional hardware 

Disk space 

requirements 

The following approximate disk space requirements are based on the 

NTFS disk format. If you have a FAT disk format, expect slightly 

larger file sizes. VRED takes about 130 MB 

Other 

software 

Adobe® Acrobat® Reader is required to view the PDF 

documentation provided on the VRED DVD or as online 

documentation. You can obtain Acrobat Reader from 

www.adobe.com. 

Mozilla Firefox and Internet Explorer 6 web browsers have 

been qualified to view the VRED Help. 

Flash player is required to view the Quick start Movies 

Optional 

hardware 

Space Mouse. Make sure you install the latest Space Mouse 

driver software.


You are here: Getting started > Installation 

Installation 





Installation 

Licensing 



Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Installing VRED 

1. Please go to www.pi-vr.com and download the latest Version of VRED. Start the installation by opening 

the file provided. If you want to start the file directly after downloading it, select "Run". 

2. A security warning may appear. If that occurs to you, please select "Run". 

3. The VRED Installation Wizard appears. The Installation Wizard will direct you through the process of the 

installation. Click "Next" to proceed, or cancel to stop the installation. 

4. The PI-VR GmbH Software License Agreement appears. This agreement requires your acceptance for the 

VRED software installation to continue. To continue, click "I Agree". 

5. Choose the components for the installation and proceed with "Next".

6.Choose the install location and proceed with "Next". 

7. Choose whether to install the cluster service and which port it shall use and click "Next" to proceed. 

8. The installer begins to create the folders and copies the necessary files to run VRED. 

9. The installation process has finished. Check "Run vred" if you wish to run VRED after installation. Click 

"Finish" to close the installation tool. Now you are ready to run VRED.

10. If you chose to run VRED directly after finishing the installation, VRED will begin to start up and you are 

ready to go. 

If you encounter problems installing VRED on your computer, feel free to contact PI-VR by mail or phone. 

We will be happy to answer your questions.


You are here: Getting started > Licensing 

Licensing 





Installation 

Licensing 



Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Licensing 

1. When VRED is being started the first time you will be prompted to select your license file or server 

system. If you don't own a license press cancel. 

2. The following window will appear. Please contact the PI-VR GmbH with your specific Hostname, HostID 

and FlexLM Host ID data. The PI-VR GmbH will be glad to provide you with an evaluation license to get you 

started. 

3. Please copy the license file into your VRED rootfolder. Restart VRED. Now you are ready to go.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Interface 

Interface 





Interface 

MenusTab 

IconsTab 

Renderview 

Quick access 

Modules 

Statusline 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

VRED Menus and Icons Overview


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Terminal 

Terminal 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Terminal Module 

The Terminal Module offers an input line and gives 

feedback about error and warnings. 

It is also possible to directly enter Python commands. 

To access the terminal window select Windows -> 

Terminal.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Script Editor 

Script Editor 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Script Editor 

The Script Editor is a module in which Python Scripts 

can be written and executed. 

To access the Script Editor select Windows -> Script 

Python documentation can be found in Help -> Python 

Documentation


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Navigation in Renderview 






Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


The Renderview visualizes all render settings according to the selected render mode. 

Available render modes are: 

- Wireframe 

- Vertex/Face normal Rendering 

- Ambient Occlusion Rendering 

- Discontinuity Rendering 

- Analytic Low Quality Rendering 

- Analytic High Quality Rendering 

- Realistic Low Quality Rendering 

- Realistic High Quality Rendering 

- Raytracing 

- NPR Rendering 

Setup Navigation Mode 

Select Edit -> Preferences -> Navigation. 

Further Navigation Modes can be applied. 

- Trackball 

- Two Axis 

- Fly and Walk.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Selection 

Selection 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Selecting 

- Shift + Click Left Mouse button in the Renderview to select an object. 

- Shift + Click Right Mouse button to deselect selected object. 

- Shift + Drag Left Mouse button from top left to bottom right to select only objects fully enclosed in 

selection frame. 

- Shift + Drag Left Mouse button from bottom right to top left to select objects fully and partially 

enclosed in selection frame. 

- Shift + Drag Right Mouse button to deselect objects in selection frame. 

- Shift + Crtl Left Mouse button to add selected object to selection. 

- Shift + Click Right Mouse button into empty space to deselect all selected objects.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Transform 

Transform 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Transforming Objects 

Click Transfomation-Tool in the Icons Tab to make the Transfomation-Tool visible. 

Three Transformation-modes are available 

Translate mode: This mode can be accessed by pressing SHIFT+W 

Rotation mode: This mode can be accessed by pressing SHIFT+E

Scale mode: This mode can be accessed by pressing SHIFT+R


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Node attributes 






Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Node Attributes 

All attributes of each node can be accessed in the Editor Tab. The Editor Tab is placed in the Modules Tab. 

NodeEditor->Editor


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences 

Preferences 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 

Cluster Client 

Devices 

Export 

FileIO 

FinalRenderPass 

Import 

Main Window 

Material Library 

Navigator 

Plugins 

Postprocessing 

Render Options 

Render Quality Settings 

Script 

Selection 

Temperature Simulation 

Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

This chapter provides all information about setting up 

global preferences for VRED Professional.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus 

Menus 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

The following chapters contain information about the menu tab in VRED Professional


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Icons tab 

Icons tab 






Menus 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

File New - Creates a new and empty scene. the current scene will be closed. 

File Open -> File --> Open 

Add File -> File --> Add 

Save File -> File --> Save 

Create Snapshot -> File --> Export --> Image 

Create Movie -> File --> Export --> Movie 

Toggle Simulation - The Toggle Simulation Button disables or activates the VRED 

Simulation engine. 

Disable rendering - disables rendering in the viewport 

Render modes 

Vertex/Face Normal Rendering - Activates the Vertex and Face Normal rendering mode. All 

objects are rendered with green, blue, gold or magenta shading. Each color gives feedback 

about the each normal direction. Only supported in Open GL render modes. 

Green --> Face and Vertex Normals are consistent and directing towards the 

camera. 

Blue --> Face and Vertex Normals are consistent and directing away from the 

camera. 

Gold --> Face and Vertex Normals are inconsistent. The Face Normals are 

directing away from the camera, while the Vertex Normals are directing towards 

the camera. 

Magenta --> Face and Vertex Normals are inconsistent. The Face Normals are 

directing towards the camera, while the Vertex Normals are directing away from 

the camera. 

Discontinuity Rendering - Activates the discontinuity-rendering mode. The Discontinuity 

Rendering mode helps to evaluate surface qualities. Cracks can easily be noticed. Only 

supported in Open GL render modes. 

Ambient Occlusion Rendering - Activates the Ambient Occlusion rendering mode. The 

Ambient Occlusion rendering shows a grayscale rendering, in which the pre-calculated ambient 

occlusion can be evaluated. Only supported in Open GL render modes. 

Indirect Illumination rendering - Activates the Indirect Illumination rendering mode. The 

Indirect Illumination rendering shows a grayscale rendering, in which the pre-calculated 

indirect illumination can be evaluated. Only supported in Open GL render modes. 

NPR Mode - Activates the Non-Realistic rendering mode. The NPR rendering is an Open GL 

render mode, which allows users to render schematic images. The NPR shading supports 

outline rendering. 

Analytic Low Quality - Activates the Analytic Low Quality rendering mode. The Analytic Low 

Quality rendering mode is an Open GL render mode. In this render mode only basic shading 

structures are activated and real-time shadows are deactivated. The Analytic Low Quality 

rendering ensures high frame rates at a low visual quality. Reflections are disabled.

Analytic High Quality - The Analytic High Quality rendering mode is an Open GL render 

mode. In this render mode only basic shading structures are activated and real-time shadows 

are supported. The Analytic High Quality rendering ensures high frame rates at a medium 

visual quality. Reflections are supported. 

Realistic Low Quality - Activates the Realistic Low Quality rendering mode. The Realistic Low 

Quality rendering mode is an Open GL render mode. In this render mode TrueLight shading 

structures are supported. Real-time shadows are deactivated. The Realistic High Quality 

rendering ensures high frame rates. 

Realistic High Quality - Activates the Realistic High Quality rendering mode. The Realistic 

High Quality rendering mode is an Open GL render mode. In this render mode TrueLight 

shading structures are supported. Real-time shadows are also supported. The Realistic High 

Quality rendering supports all graphic effects for photorealistic rendering quality. 

Raytracing - Activates Raytracing rendering. The Raytracing rendering modes supports all 

Raytracing-Rendering features as reflections, refractions, glossy reflections, global illumination, 

Subsurface-Scattering and more. All these effects can be activated on a per material base or 

by using overrides. Read MaterialEditor Module and RaytracingSettings Module. 

Wireframe - The Wireframe Button toggles wireframe rendering to on or off. All 

currently selected objects will be drawn in the set render mode and an additional wireframe 

mode. The wireframe color can be set in --> Preferences -> RenderOptions -> Visualization - 

>Selection. 

Headlight - Activates the Headlight. The Headlight is a light source, which is always 

placed at the camera`s position and directing to the same direction as the camera`s view. 

Statistics - Activates the scene`s statistics. The scene statistics are drawn at the top left 

corner of the RenderView. 

Full Screen - Activates the RenderView fullscreen render mode. Pressing Escape can 

deactivate the Fullscreen rendermode. 

Frame whole Scene - Frames all objects in the scene. 

Frame selected - Frames selected object. 

Toggle Navigation mode - The user can switch between TrackBall and TwoAxis 

navigation mode. Activate Auto Center to automatically use the object in the center of the 

RenderView as camera rotation pivot position. 

Ruler - Activates the Ruler Tool. The ruler axis adapts according to the view axis. 

Show Grid - Draws a grid at the current ruler axis. 

Fix Axis - Fixes the current ruler position. 

Transform - Activates the Transform Tool. Using the Transform Tool objects can be 

transformed interactively in the RenderView. 

Press any arrow to move selected object along selected transform axis. 

Press any cube to scale selected object along the selected scale axis. 

Press any sphere to rotate selected object along the selected rotation axis. 

red -> X-axis 

green -> Y-axis

lue -> Z-axis 

Press the yellow cube to scale the selected object along all scale axis uniformly. 

Press the green, red or blue plane to move selected object along selected plane 

axis. 

VRML Viewpoints - The VRML Viewpoints lists all via VRML imported camera animations. 

Select a camera to activate camera animation. 

Create - Creates VRED Primitives. Select the object to be created. 

Line - Creates a line. 

Point 1 - sets start point x-, y-, z-position. 

Point 2 - sets end point x-, y-, z-position. 

Plane - Creates a polygon plane. 

Size x/y - defines plane`s x and y diameter in mm. 

Resolution - defines amount of subdivisions on x- and y-axis. 

Box - Creates a polygon box. 

Size x/y/z - defines box size on x, y and z in mm. 

Resolution y/y/z - defines amount of subdivisions on x-, y- and z-axis. 

Cylinder - Creates a polygon cylinder. 

Height/Radius - defines the cylinder height and radius size in mm. 

Sides - defines the amount of cylinder edges. 

Show side - activates sides creation. 

Show top - activates top creation. 

Show bottom - activates bottom creation. 

Cone - Creates a polygon cone. 

Height/Redius - defines the cones height and radius in mm. 

Sides - defines the amount of cone edges. 

Show side - activates side creation. 

Show bottom -activates bottom creation. 

Sphere - Creates a polygon sphere. 

Radius - defines sphere radius. 

Latres - defines the height divisions. 

Longres - defines the length divisions. 

Torus - Creates a polygon torus.

inner Radius - defines the torus inner radius. 

outer Radius - defines the torus outer radius. 

Sides - defines the amount of side subdivisions. 

Rings - defines the amount of ring subdivisions. 

Decore - starts a decore process. All geometries which are fully enclosed by other 

objects will be deleted. 

Connector - Using the connector, VRED instances can be synchronized for navigation on 

independent computers. 

Connect to - here the connection settings can be entered, when this VRED instance is a 

connection-slave 

Server - sets the server ip. 

Port - sets the communication port address. 

Disconnect - deactivates the connector. 

connect - activates the connector. 

status - displays the current connection-slave status. 

Save Settings - connector-slave settings can be stored. Press the Save Settings button. 

Close - closes the connector dialog box. 

Server - here the connection settings can be entered, when this VRED instance is a connectionserver. 


Stop - stops the connection-server. 

Start - starts the connection-server. 

Status - displays the current connection-server status. 

Save Settings - connector-server settings can be stored. Press the Save Settings button. 

Close - close the connector dialog box. 

Connect to the cluster - starts the rendercluster. Read Rendering ->Cluster for 

clustering settings.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu 







Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Convert to 

Additional Options 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Open Scenegraph Menu -> Right Mouse Click in the Scenegraph to open the Scengraph menu.


You are here: Modules > Terminal 

Terminal 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Terminal 

The Terminal Module offers an input line and gives 

feedback about errors and warnings.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 

Library Tab 

Textures Tab 

Environments Tab 

Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 


In the MaterialEditor all material and surface shading 

settings for all objects can be adjusted.


You are here: Modules > Variants 

Variants 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Geometry Variants 

Material Variants 

Light Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

VRED offers the funcionality to switch between 

different types of variants


You are here: Modules > Clip Maker 

Clip Maker 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

ClipMaker - in the ClipMaker AnimationBlocks can be 

rearranged, retimed and grouped to setup more 

complex animations. Scubbing through the ClipMaker 

´s timeline the RenderView will render the playback 

settings defined in the ClipMaker including MotionBlur 

settings, FOV and others. 

New Clip - creates a new Clip. Animation 

Blocks can be dragged into the clip. 

Del Clip - deletes the selected Clip. 

Export - opens the Export Settings dialog box. 

The currently selected Clip will be rendered 

with the defined settings.Please see the 

preferences to make sure that you render with your preferred settings. 

ClipMaker Scenegraph - in the Scenegraph all created Clips and used Block Animations are 

listed. Right Mouse Click to open the Scenegraph menu. 

New Subclip - creates a Subclip structure to make grouping the Animation 

Blocks used in the Clip easier. 

Delete Clip - deletes a Clip or Subclip node. 

Rename - renames a Clip, Subclip or Animation Block node. 

Clear View - clears the Scenegraph. 

Block List - in the Block List all Animation Blocks used in the selected clip are listed. 

Animation Blocks can be added via drag and drop from the CurveEditor to the ClipMaker. 

Blocks can be changed in length and position. This information is displayed on each Animation 

Block used. 

Template - pressing on the template button the Animation Blocks placed in the line will not be 

updated. 

I - plays the selected animation forward. 

I>> - sets the Timeslider to the End Frame position.


You are here: Modules > Analyzer Tab 

Analyzer Tab 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Annotation 

Clipping 

Measurement 


Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

This chapter provides information about setting up the 

analyzer modules in VRED Professional


You are here: Modules > Animation Tab 

Animation Tab 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 

Animation 

CameraEditor 

Curve Editor 

SAnimation 

Sequencer 

TouchSensor 

Transform 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

This chapter provides information about the Animation 

Tab module of VRED Professional.


You are here: Modules > Appearance Tab 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Ambient Occlusion 

Geometry Editor 

Light Editor 

Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

This chapter provides all information about the 

Appearance Tab of VRED Professional.


You are here: Modules > Info Tab 

Info Tab 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Node Editor 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

This chapter provides all information about the Info 

Tab of VRED Professional.


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab 

Rendering Tab 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Cluster 


Postprocesing 


Renderlayer 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 


Rendering Tab of VRED Professional


You are here: Modules > Tracking Tab 

Tracking Tab 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Devices 

Servers 

Cart Calibration 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 


tracking capabilities of VRED Professional


You are here: Modules > Variants Tab 

Variants Tab 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

VariantSets 

Search 

Send Question 

In the Variants tab you can define variants of your 

scene setup.



Search 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Search for: 

Match: Part of word All words (AND) 

Search in: All media Default 

From section: Whole site 

Order by: Weight/Frequency Highest first 

at a time 10 

Style: Flat list 

Extended resume 

Regular search


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Interface > Statusline 

Statusline 





Interface 

MenusTab 

IconsTab 

Renderview 

Quick access 

Modules 

Statusline 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

The Statusline provides information about the memory usage and allows to change the up vector as well as 

near and far clipping panes and the field of view.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Interface > MenusTab 

MenusTab 





Interface 

MenusTab 

IconsTab 

Renderview 

Quick access 

Modules 

Statusline 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Interface > IconsTab 

IconsTab 





Interface 

MenusTab 

IconsTab 

Renderview 

Quick access 

Modules 

Statusline 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

The IconsTab provides shortcuts to access oftenly used features, such as the render options or the 

wireframe function. 

File New - Creates a new and empty scene. the current scene will be closed. 

File Open -> File --> Open 

Add File -> File --> Add 

Save File -> File --> Save 

Create Snapshot -> File --> Export --> Image 

Create Movie -> File --> Export --> Movie 

Toggle Simulation - The Toggle Simulation Button disables or activates the VRED 

Simulation engine. 

Disable rendering - disables rendering in the viewport 

Render modes 

Vertex/Face Normal Rendering - Activates the Vertex and Face Normal rendering mode. All 

objects are rendered with green, blue, gold or magenta shading. Each color gives feedback 

about the each normal direction. Only supported in Open GL render modes. 

Green --> Face and Vertex Normals are consistent and directing towards the 

camera. 

Blue --> Face and Vertex Normals are consistent and directing away from the 

camera. 

Gold --> Face and Vertex Normals are inconsistent. The Face Normals are 

directing away from the camera, while the Vertex Normals are directing towards 

the camera. 

Magenta --> Face and Vertex Normals are inconsistent. The Face Normals are 

directing towards the camera, while the Vertex Normals are directing away from 

the camera. 

Discontinuity Rendering - Activates the discontinuity-rendering mode. The Discontinuity 

rendering mode helps evaluating surfaces quality. Cracks can easily being noticed. Only 

supported in Open GL render modes. 

Ambient Occlusion Rendering - Activates the Ambient Occlusion rendering mode. The 

Ambient Occlusion rendering shows a grayscale rendering, in which the pre-calculated ambient 

occlusion can be evaluated. Only supported in Open GL render modes. 

Indirect Illumination rendering - Activates the Indirect Illumination rendering. The Indirect 

Illumination rendering shows a grayscale rendering, in which the pre-calculated indirect 

illumination can be evaluated. Only supported in Open GL render modes. 

NPR Mode - Activates the non-realistic rendering mode. The NPR rendering is an Open GL 

render mode, which allows user to render cartoonish rendering. The NPR shading supports 

outline rendering.

Analytic Low Quality - Activates the Analytic Low Quality rendering mode. The Analytic Low 

Quality rendering mode is an Open GL render mode. In this render mode only basic shading 

structures are activated and real-time shadows are deactivated. The Analytic Low Quality 

rendering ensures high frame rates at a low visual quality. Reflections are disabled. 

Analytic High Quality - The Analytic High Quality rendering mode is an Open GL render 

mode. In this render mode only basic shading structures are activated and real-time shadows 

are supported. The Analytic High Quality rendering ensures high frame rates at a medium 

visual quality. Reflections are supported. 

Realistic Low Quality - Activates the Realistic Low Quality rendering mode. The Realistic Low 

Quality rendering mode is an Open GL render mode. In this render mode TrueLight shading 

structures are supported. Real-time shadows are deactivated. The Realistic High Quality 

rendering ensures high frame rates. 

Realistic High Quality - Activates the Realistic High Quality rendering mode. The Realistic 

High Quality rendering mode is an Open GL render mode. In this render mode TrueLight 

shading structures are supported. Real-time shadows are also supported. The Realistic High 

Quality rendering supports all graphic effects for photorealistic rendering quality. 

Raytracing - Activates Raytracing rendering. The Raytracing rendering modes supports all 

Raytracing-Rendering features as reflections, refractions, glossy reflections, global illumination, 

Subsurface-Scattering and more. All these effects can be activated on a per material base or 

by using overrides. Read MaterialEditor Module and RaytracingSettings Module. 

Wireframe - The Wireframe Button toggles wireframe rendering to on or off. All 

currently selected objects will be drawn in the set render mode and an additional wireframe 

mode. The wireframe color can be set in --> Preferences -> RenderOptions -> Visualization - 

>Selection. 

Headlight - Activates the Headlight. The Headlight is a light source, which is always 

placed at the camera`s position and directing to the same direction as the camera`s view. 

Statistics - Activates the scene`s statistics. The scene statistics are drawn at the top left 

corner of the RenderView. 

Full Screen - Activates the RenderView fullscreen render mode. Pressing Escape can 

deactivate the Fullscreen rendermode. 

Frame whole Scene - Frames all objects in the scene. 

Frame selected - Frames selected object. 

Toggle Navigation mode - The user can switch between TrackBall and TwoAxis 

navigation mode. Activate Auto Center to automatically use the object in the center of the 

RenderView as camera rotation pivot position. 

Ruler - Activates the Ruler Tool. The ruler axis adapts according to the view axis. 

Show Grid - Draws a grid at the current ruler axis. 

Fix Axis - Fixes the current ruler position. 

Transform - Activates the Transform Tool. Using the Transform Tool objects can be 

transformed interactively in the RenderView. 

Press any arrow to move selected object along selected transform axis. 

Press any cube to scale selected object along the selected scale axis.

Press any sphere to rotate selected object along the selected rotation axis. 

red -> X-axis 

green -> Y-axis 

blue -> Z-axis 

Press the yellow cube to scale the selected object along all scale axis uniformly. 

Press the green, red or blue plane to move selected object along selected plane 

axis. 

VRML Viewpoints - The VRML Viewpoints list all via VRML imported camera animations. 

Select a camera to activate camera animation. 

Create - Creates VRED Primitives. Select the object to be created. 

Line - Creates a line. 

Point 1 - sets start point x-, y-, z-position. 

Point 2 - sets end point x-, y-, z-position. 

Plane - Creates a polygon plane. 

Size x/y - defines plane`s x and y diameter in mm. 

Resolution - defines amount of subdivisions on x- and y-axis. 

Box - Creates a polygon box. 

Size x/y/z - defines box size on x, y and z in mm. 

Resolution y/y/z - defines amount of subdivisions on x-, y- and z-axis. 

Cylinder - Creates a polygon cylinder. 

Height/Radius - defines the cylinder height and radius size in mm. 

Sides - defines the amount of cylinder edges. 

Show side - activates sides creation. 

Show top - activates top creation. 

Show bottom - activates bottom creation. 

Cone - Creates a polygon cone. 

Height/Redius - defines the cones height and radius in mm. 

Sides - defines the amount of cone edges. 

Show side - activates side creation. 

Show bottom -activates bottom creation. 

Sphere - Creates a polygon sphere. 

Radius - defines sphere radius. 

Latres - defines the height divisions.

Longres - defines the length divisions. 

Torus - Creates a polygon torus. 

inner Radius - defines the torus inner radius. 

outer Radius - defines the torus outer radius. 

Sides - defines the amount of side subdivisions. 

Rings - defines the amount of ring subdivisions. 

Decore - starts a decore process. All geometries which all fully enclosed by other objects 

will be deleted. Read Appearance ->GeometryEditor->Decore for decore settings. 

Connector - Using the connector VRED instances on independent computers can be 

synchronized for navigation. 

Connect to - here the connection settings can be entered, when this VRED instance is a 

connection-slave 

Server - sets the server ip. 


Disconnect - deactivates the connector. 

connect - activates the connector. 

status - displays the current connection-slave status. 

Save Settings - connector-slave settings can be stored. Press the Save Settings button. 

Close - closes the connector dialog box. 

Server - here the connection settings can be entered, when this VRED instance is a connectionserver. 


Stop - stops the connection-server. 

Start - starts the connection-server. 

Status - displays the current connection-server status. 

Save Settings - connector-server settings can be stored. Press the Save Settings button. 

Close - close the connector dialog box. 

Connect to the cluster - starts the rendercluster. Read Rendering ->Cluster for 

clustering settings.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Interface > Renderview 

Renderview 





Interface 

MenusTab 

IconsTab 

Renderview 

Quick access 

Modules 

Statusline 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

The Renderview displays the whole scene and allows 

you to change the view as well as to directly select 

and modify objects.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Interface > Quick access 

Quick access 





Interface 

MenusTab 

IconsTab 

Renderview 

Quick access 

Modules 

Statusline 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

The Quick access bar provides easy and fast access 

to main functions such as the material editor, the 

clipmaker and the variants. It also integrates the 

terminal.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Interface > Modules 

Modules 





Interface 

MenusTab 

IconsTab 

Renderview 

Quick access 

Modules 

Statusline 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

The ModulesTab provides direct acess to vital 

functions, such as the MaterialEditor, Varaints, the 

CurveEditor and the Terminal. 

These key modules include features as for shading, 

texturing and manipulating objects and environments, as well as special functions for animating and grouping 

objects into whole variantsets. 

Most features you might want to use within preparation and visualisation of objects and scenes can be found 

in the modules corner.


You are here: Modules > Info Tab > Node Editor > Editor 

Editor 

Editor 

In the Editor you have access to all attributes of the 

current selected node. It offers the possibility to 

change values for all attributes and dependencies for 

the selected node. 

Important: Only advanced users should alter 

values in the editor.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Camera 

Camera 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Camera 

Field of View - sets the standard preset Field 

of View Value (FOV). 

Stereo 

Eye Separation - sets the distance between 

the left eye and right eye in stereoscopic view. 

Zero parallax distance - sets the focus point 

in stereoscopic view. 

Powerwall 

Projection Width / Height / Distance in 

millimeters


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Cluster Client 






Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Default config file - sets the root of the 

configuration file for the cluster setup. 

Daemon port - sets the port which will be 

used for cluster communication.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Devices 

Devices 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Devices 

Enable Spacemouse - On/Off 

Two axis mode - On/Off 

Joystick - activate to use joystick devices for navigation. Enter device ID.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Export 

Export 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

Cube Image 

Movie/Image 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

This chapter provides all information about the global 

preferences for export settings.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > FileIO 

FileIO 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 

Options 

Texture search paths 

FHS 

Maya 

OSB / VPB 

Rhino 

SLP 

STL 

WRL 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

This chapter provides information about global File I/O 

settings in VRED Professional.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > FinalRenderPass 






Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Default config file - Specifies the default 

config path


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Import 

Import 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

CAD 

Tesselation 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

This chapter provides information about importing CAD 

Data and setting up correct tessellation values


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Main Window 

Main Window 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Main Window 

Layout 

Show Scenegraph - always shows the 

scenegraph after startup. 

Show Modules - always shows the 

Modules Tab after startup. 

Status Bar 

Show FPS - shows the current frame 

rate in the left bottom corner of the 

Renderview. 

Terminal 

Show rendering log messages - 

during rendering all log messages will 

be shown in the Terminal Module. 

Module Layout 

Reset - Sets the module layout to the default layout settings. 

Store - Saves the current module layout as standard.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Material Library 






Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

MaterialLibrary 

Path 

Add - Adds a new search directory 

where material libraries can be found. 

Delete - Deletes selected search 

directory for material libraries.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Navigator 

Navigator 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Navigator 

Navigation Mode 

Two Axis Mode- sets the navigation 

mode to two-axis navigation. During 

two-axis navigation the camera has only 

two free rotation axis, while the third 

one, the role axis, is locked. 

Trackball Mode - sets the navigation 

mode to trackball navigation. During 

trackball navigation all camera rotation 

axis are unlocked. The camera can be 

freely rotated in all directions. 

Fly Mode - Sets the navigation to fly 

mode. This mode is suitable for space 

mouse navigation. The cameras pivot is 

fixed to the camera's center. During fly 

mode the camera can freely be placed and orientated in 3D space. 

Auto center - Sets the rotation pivot during two axis and trackball navigation 

mode automatically to the object's center currently placed in the RenderView's 

center. 

Small Feature Culling 

Enable - Deactivates rendering for all objects in the RenderView 

smaller than a specific amount of pixels for a specific amount of 

time. 

Pixels - Maximum amount of pixels clipped objects may fill in 

RenderView. 

Daly time - Amount of seconds for each object to fill less than the 

maximum amount of pixels in RenderView before they get clipped.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Plugins 

Plugins 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Plugins 

All plugins which are checked ON will be loaded 

at startup.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Postprocessing 






Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Color Management 

Monitor Color Profile - Sets the path 

for the ICC Color Profile you wish to 

use.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Render Options 






Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 



Visualisation 

Visualisation Advanced 

Background 

Misc 


Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

This chapter provides information about setting up the 

Renderview parameters in VRED Professional.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Render Quality Settings 






Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Antialiasing 

Max. Image Samples - 

Adaptive Quality 

Preview Quality - Sets the 

sampling qualities on a very low 

level, resulting in preview render 

quality and very short render 

time. 

Low Quality - Sets the sampling 

quality on a low level, resulting 

in average render quality and 

short render time. 

Medium quality - Sets the 

sampling quality on a medium 

level, resulting in good render 

quality and medium render time. 

High Quality - sets the 

sampling quality on a high 

quality level. 

Ultra High Quality - Sets 

sampling quality on a production 


Use Clamping Value - Activates 

clamping for very bright pixels, to 

eliminate white spots after antialiasing. 

The value sets the maximum multiplier 

for a white pixel. Activating clamping 

and reducing the multiplier will reduce 

the maximum resulting image color 

range 

Pixel Filter 

Filter - VRED offers different filter-algorithms for sampling: 

Box, Triangle, Mitchell Netravali, Lanczos 

Width - The pixel filter width defines how many neighboring pixels 

in width will be taken in account for filtering. 

Height - The pixel filter height defines how many neighboring 

pixels in height will be taken in account for filtering. 

Features 

Enable Motion Blur - Enables the Motion Blur effect when 

rendering an image. 

Enable Depth of Field - Enables the Depth of Field effect when 

rendering an image. 

Raytracing Quality 

Global Overrides

Illumination Mode: The lighting mode for materials will be 

overridden for interactive and still frame antialiasing. Four modes 

are available 

> Precomputed Illumination - No light samples 

are calulated. 

> Precomputed + Shadows - No light samples 

are calculated, shadows are being displayed. 

> Fast Global Illumination - Direct light samples 

are being calculated, indirect light samples are not 

taken into calculation. 

> Full global illumination: both light sample 

types, direct and indirect, are calculated 

Reflection/Refraction Sampling Quality - Sets the reflection and refraction 

quality override both for interactive and still frame quality. 

IBL Sampling Quality - Sets the IBL sampling quality override both for 

interactive and still frame quality. 

Trace Depth Settings 

Max Reflection Depth - Sets the maximum amount of reflection 

each ray may encounter. 

Reflection Trace Threshold - Sets the minimum pixel value for 

reflection calculation interruption. 

Max Refraction Depth - Sets the maximum amount of refraction 

each ray may encounter. 

Refraction Trace Threshold - Sets the minimum pixel value for 

refraction calculation interruption. 

Max Shadow Depth - Sets the maximum amount of shadow 

samples.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Script 

Script 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Script 

In the script editor scripts or script commands 

can be entered, which will be executed on each 

startup.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Selection 

Selection 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Selection 

Bounding box visualization size - Defines 

the bounding box thickness in pixels. 

LOD selection -


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Temperature Simulation 






Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Default Material Constant k1 - Sets the first 

default temperature constant value for all 

Truelight Materials on creation. 

Default Material Constant k2 - Sets the 

second default temperature constant value for 

all Truelight Materials on creation. 

Colortable - An xml can be defined and loaded 

to specify the color value for each temperature 

value. 

Contrast - Sets the color gradients contrast 

value.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Transform 

Transform 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Selection 

Precision Translation - Sets the default 

precision range for translation actions. 

Precision Rotation - Sets the default 

precision range for rotation actions. 

Precision Scale - Sets the default precision 

range for scaling actions.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > WebInterface 

WebInterface 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

WebInterface 

Enable web server - Activates the VRED 

Professional internal web server. 

Port number - Specifies the port number the 

VRED Professional web server listens to. By 

default the port number is set to 8888. 

Enable debug mode - activates the debug 

mode of the VRED Professional web server.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Help 

Help 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Help 

About 

In the About window all informations about the VRED version, licnese request 

state and license agreement can be viewed. 

License - VRED GENERAL END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT 

You should carefully read this General License Agreement prior to using, 

installing, copying or duplicating this PI-VR GmbH software product. 

By downloading or copying or installing or using the Software you implicitly 

agree to all terms and conditions as set out within this Agreement and terms of 

use set out below. 

This Agreement applies to all versions of VRED whether current or obsolete, 

supported or unsupported. 

MANUFACTURER AND MARKETER 

VRED is manufactured and marketed by: 

PI-VR GmbH 

Robert-Bosch-Str. 7 

64293 Darmstadt 

Germany 

www.pi-vr.de 

info(at)pi-vr.de 

All correspondence regarding this Agreement should be directed to the address 

above. 

COPYRIGHT 

Copyright (c) 2001-2008 PI-VR GmbH 

All rights reserved. 

This Software product is a copyrighted work and is protected by German and 

international copyright laws and treaties. 

This Software product is licensed, not sold. It is, and shall remain at all times, 

the absolute and unrestricted property of PI-VR GmbH. Nothing in this 

Agreement shall prejudice, impair, jeopardize or otherwise adversely affect the 

rights of PI-VR GmbH as sole and exclusive owner of the Software. 

WARRANTY DISCLAIMER 

All efforts have been made to ensure that the Software is free from defects. The 

Software (including any and all accompanying software, files, data, and 

materials) are distributed and provided "as is" without any warranty whatsoever 

implied or otherwise. 

INDEMNITY AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS 

You ("the Client") hereby indemnify PI-VR GmbH (including all agents, 

distributors, sub-contracts, affiliates, branches, outlets and any other persons or 

companies associated with PI-VR GmbH worldwide) against any damages or 

claims that may arise from the use or miss-use of the Software. 

Under no circumstances does PI-VR GmbH authorize you to use the Software in 

applications or systems where the Software's failure to perform can reasonably 

be expected to result in a significant physical injury or loss of life. Any such use 

by you is entirely at your own risk, and you agree to hold PI-VR GmbH harmless 

from any and all claims or losses relating to such unauthorized use.

TERMS OF USE AND DISTRIBUTION 

The Software is supplied in three forms: Free Trials, VRED Photo Commercial, 

VRED Professional Commercial. 

For the purposes of this license a non-commercial entity is defined as any 

individual, educational institution, charity or humanitarian organization. 

For the purposes of this license a commercial entity is defined as any corporation 

registered or otherwise that derives or attempts to derive substantial commercial 

and monetary gain and benefit from its efforts and endeavors. This includes all 

Government and Military entities. 

Free Obsolete Software may be used free of charge by any commercial or noncommercial 

entity for commercial or non-commercial purposes under the terms 

and conditions set out in the GNU General Public License. 

Free Unsupported Software may be used free of charge by any non-commercial 

entity. It may be redistributed without restriction providing all conditions 

contained within this license are met. Commercial entities may only use this 

Software in order to review and appraise its functionality with a view to 

registering the Commercial Supported Software in the future. This review and 

appraisal is limited to 14-days from date of initial download. After this time the 

Commercial entity must uninstall and remove the Free Unsupported Software 

located on all of its computer systems owned, leased or otherwise. 

Commercial Supported Software may only be used after the appropriate 

registration fees have been paid for in full by any commercial or non-commercial 

entity. Commercial Supported Software cannot be redistributed. The commercial 

or non-commercial entity must be in possession of a license for each and every 

workstation or server on which the Commercial Supported Software is installed. 

The Commercial Supported Software can only be installed on workstations or 

servers owned or leased or operated by or on behalf of the licensee. Should you 

inadvertently or otherwise install the Commercial Supported Software on a 

workstation or server for which you do not have a license then you must either 

uninstall it or purchase one or more license packs to make up the shortfall. 

The Software cannot be used for any purpose, related or otherwise that involves 

any illegal or unauthorized attempt to gain access any computer system, any act 

of racism, vandalism, persecution, terrorism, general provoked or unprovoked 

aggression or war nor any other illegal, malicious or criminal activity. 

You cannot sell or market or rebrand or rebadged the Software and then attempt 

claim it as your own. You cannot ask for or attempt to claim any distribution 

fees or donations from any commercial or non-commercial entity by supplying 

them with any form of the Software that can be legally freely redistributed. 

The Software in all forms cannot be included as part of a saleable or commercial 

product distribution from which fees or royalties of any kind are derived without 

prior written consent from PI-VR GmbH. 

THIS CONDITION SUPERSEDES AND REPLACES ALL PREVIOUS AGREEMENTS 

EITHER DIRECT OR IMPLIED WITH ANY INDIVIDUAL OR CORPORATION. ALL 

INDIVIDUALS OR CORPORATIONS CURRENTLY REDISTRIBUTING VRED WITH A 

COMMERCIAL PRODUCT DISTRIBUTION MUST CEASE AND RE-OBTAIN WRITTEN 

CONSENT FROM PI-VR GMBH. 

Further, you may not modify, enhance, supplement, create any derivative work 

from, adapt, translate, reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble or otherwise 

reduce the Software to human readable form. 

TRANSFER 

A license can be transferred from the original licensee to a third party by 

advising PI-VR GmbH of the transfer in writing. This transfer can occur only once 

and cannot be perpetuated. Upon transfer all obligations of the original licensee 

are terminated and transferred to the new owner. The original licensee will 

immediately cease using the Software.

TERMINATION 

If you fail to comply with any of the provisions contained herein, PI-VR GmbH 

shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately without prior notice 

or legal proceeding. PI-VR GmbH shall have the right to commence the 

appropriate legal proceeding in order to recover costs, losses and damages as a 

result of the failure to comply. Upon termination, you must immediately 

discontinue the use and redistribution of the Software. 

Documentation 

Opens the Documentation window. In the documentation supported commands, 

classes and algorithm for programming in the supported script language Python 

are listed and described. 

Module Hierarchy 

vrAEBase: Contains the base functionality of all action and event classes. 

vrARTracking 

vrAmbientOcclusion 

vrAnimation 

vrChunkPtr 

vrCluster: Contains the functions to use the cluster module. 

vrCollision 

vrColorDialog: Contains the functionality to let the user interactivly choose a 

color. 

vrConnector 

vrController 

vrFade: Contains the functionality to fade objects. 

vrFieldAccess 

vrFileDialog: Contains the functionality to let the user interactivly choose file- or 

directory names. 

vrFileIO 

vrImagePtr 

vrInterpolator 

vrJoystick 

vrKey: Contains the functionality to receive key events. 

vrMaterialEditor 

vrMaterialPtr 

vrMenu 

vrMovieExport 

vrMoviePlayer2 

vrNodePtr 

vrNodeUtils 

vrOSGWidget: Example: 

vrOde 

vrOptimize: The vrOptimize module allows to optimize the representation of the 

graphical scene to speed up rendering.Example: 

vrParticle

vrParticle2 

vrQObject 

vrRoute 

vrSHLChunkPtr 

vrScenegraph: The vrScenegraph class contains all necessary functions to work 

in a scenegraph system. 

vrScript 

vrSwitch 

vrTextureChunkPtr 

vrTimer: Contains the functionality to receive timer events. 

vrTracking: Contains the functions to use the tracking module and to access 

various sensors, like buttons, bodies and dials. 

vrVariantSets: Contains the functionality to switch between defined variants of a 

model. 

vrVideoGrab 

vrViewPoint 

vrViewPoints: Contains the functionality to define/use viewpoints. 

vrVirtualEye 

vrWater 

vrWidget 

Class Hierarchy 

__builtin__.object: The most base type 

None.instance 

vrOSGWidget.Color3f 

vrFieldAccess.FieldContainerPtr 

vrImagePtr.ImagePtr 

vrImagePtr.vrImagePtr: A wrapper class for the OpenSG ImagePtr 

vrMaterialPtr.MaterialPtr 

vrMaterialPtr.vrMaterialPtr: A wrapper class for the OpenSG MaterialPtr 

vrNodePtr.NodePtr 

vrNodePtr.vrNodePtr: The NodePtr class is python representation of a node 

within the scenegraph. 

vrOSGWidget.Pnt3f 

vrSHLChunkPtr.SHLChunkPtr 

vrSHLChunkPtr.vrSHLChunkPtr: The SHLChunkPtr class provides direct access to 

all data of an OpenGL Shader Chunkr 

vrChunkPtr.StateChunkPtr 

vrChunkPtr.vrChunkPtr: The StateChunkPtr is the base class for access to every 

chunk of a material. 

vrTextureChunkPtr.TextureChunkPtr 

vrTextureChunkPtr.vrTextureChunkPtr: A wrapper class for the OpenSG 

TextureChunkPtr 

vrOSGWidget.Vec3f 

vrAEBase.vrAEBase: Base class for all actions and events 

vrARTracking.vrARTSensor 

vrCollision.vrCollision: Collision detection

vrFade.vrFade: vrFade fades the alpha values of objects below the specified 

node from opaque to full transparency in the first cycle. 

vrInterpolator.vrInterpolator: Transforms objects 

vrJoystick.vrJoystick: Joystick device handler 

vrKey.vrKey: The key class is used to define functionality to be called on key 

presses. 

vrMenu.vrMenu: Creates 3d menues and windows 

vrMoviePlayer2.vrMoviePlayer2: Maps a movie on a node 

vrOde.vrOde: Creates a physics simulation based on ode, this is just a 

demonstation no yet really useable. 

vrParticle.vrParticle: Particle simulation this is just an demonstrator 

vrParticle2.vrParticle2: Particles simulation 

vrSwitch.vrSwitch: Switches visibility of objects. 

vrTimer.vrTimer: The timer class is responsible to call time based functionality. 

vrTracking.vrTrackerSensor: The vrTrackerSensor class is the base class for all 

sensors like bodies, buttons and dials. 

vrTracking.vrTrackerAnalog: The vrTrackerAnalog class is a proxy class to access 

a tracking analog as defined in the Tracking GUI module. 

vrTracking.vrTrackerBody: The vrTrackerBody class is a proxy class to access a 

tracking body as defined in the Tracking GUI module. 

vrTracking.vrTrackerButton: The vrTrackerButton class is a proxy class to access 

a tracking button as defined in the Tracking GUI module. 

vrTracking.vrTrackerDial: The vrTrackerDial class is a proxy class to access a 

tracking dial as defined in the Tracking GUI module. 

vrVideoGrab.vrVideoGrab: Maps a video stream from a tv card or webcam on a 

node. 

vrViewPoint.vrViewPoint: Creates a event if specified viewpoint is reached 

vrVirtualEye.vrVirtualEye: Creates a virtual camera and maps the output on a 

node 

vrWater.vrWater: Just a kind of water cube demonstrator 

vrWidget.vrWidget: Create a qt gui from a type or a ui xml file 

vrFieldAccess.vrFieldAccess: The vrFieldAccess class offers access to any kind of 

data (fields) inside the scenegraph (regardless if it is a node, a geometry, 

material etc.) You get access to the fieldpointer within the materials or nodes via 

the fields()-method. 

vrQObject.vrQObject: A wrapper class for the qt object A wrapper class for the 

qt object. 

vrInterpolator.vrSlide 

vrInterpolator.vrRotationAxisSlide 

vrInterpolator.vrRotationSlide 

vrInterpolator.vrScaleSlide 

vrInterpolator.vrTranslationSlide 

__builtin__.type: type(object) -> the object's type type(name, bases, dict) -> a 

new type 

Changes 

Opens the Changes window. In the Changes window all version changes are 

listed. 

GL Info

Opens the GL Info window. In the GL Info window all by the graphics board 

supported OpenGL features and the current memory usage are displayed.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File 

File 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 

Add VRML animation 

Optimize scene 

Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

In this Chapter you can find all Information about loading, importing and saving data.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit 

Edit 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

Script 

Run Script 

Undo 

Redo 

Clear Trash 

Create Backplate 

Delete Backplate 

Show routes 

Show shortcuts 

Selection 

Preferences 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

In this chapter you can find all information about scripting in VRED Professional, creating Backplates, setting 

up selection modes and setting global preferences.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > View 

View 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Display 

Display 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Stereo settings 

Powerwall settings 

Disabled 

Double buffered 

Horizonal interlaced 

Vertical interlaced 

Left/right split 

Top/Bottom split 

Red/Cyan 

Blue/Yellow 

Green/Magenta 

Tridelity Multiview 

Left eye 

Right eye 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

In this chapter you can find all informtion about setting up stereoscopic views in VRED Professional.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Windows 

Windows 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

New render window 

Trash 

Undo/Redo history 

Terminal 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

In this chapter you can find information about creating several render windows, showing content of the trash 

and undo/redo actions.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Appearance 

Appearance 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 



Light Editor 


Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

In this chapter you can find all information about calculating ambient occlusion, adjusting geometry normals, 

setting up direct lights and adjusting materials.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Animation 

Animation 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Animation 

Clip Maker 

Curve Editor 

CameraEditor 

SAnimation 

Sequencer 

Transform 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

In this chapter you can find all information about creating, adjusting and playing animation in VRED 

Professional and adjusting camera settings.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Analyzer 

Analyzer 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Annotation 

Clipping 

Measurement 


Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

The analyser module provides inforamtion about creating annotations, clipping geometry for detailed views, 

measure scene elements and applying temperature simulation.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Variants 

Variants 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Variants 

Variants Sets 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

This chapter provides information about setting up Variants and Varianrt Sets.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Rendering 

Rendering 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Cluster 


ProjectionBasedAugmentedReality 

Post Processing 


RenderLayer 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

This Chapter provides information about setting up clustering, adjusting post effects, setting up raytracing 

parameters and creating renderlayers.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Tracking 

Tracking 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Tracking 

Opens the Tracking Module. In the Tracking Module all settings for different tracking types and 

setups can be found. Read Tracking Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Info 

Info 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Info 

NodeEditor 

Opens the Node Editor. In the Node Editor all node parameters are listed and 

can be edited. Read NodeEditor.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Additional Options 







Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Hide - Hides selected nodes in the RenderView. 

show - Shows selected nodes in the RenderView. 

hide subtree - Hides the selected node`s subtree in the 

RenderView. 

show subtree - Shows selected node`s subtree in the RenderView. 

hide all - Hides all objects in the RenderView. 

show all - Shows all objects in the RenderView. 

view selected - Opens a new RenderWindow in which the selected 

objects will be rendered in an isolated render mode. 

select all - Selects all Root node`s children. 

deselect all - Deselects all objects. 

select subtree - Selects all subtree nodes. 

select parent - Selects selected object`s parent. 

invert selection - Deselects currently selected objects and selects currently deselected objects. 

rendervisibility - Read Rendering ->RenderLayer 

reset attributes Read Rendering ->RenderLayer 

invisible in alpha Read Rendering ->RenderLayer 

Find - A search process can be executed to find nodes in the Scenegraph. A dialog box will open. 

Search Enter search expression - Enter a search expression to find a node. Regular expressions are 

supported as search entry when Regular Expression is activated.

Node Type - Sets a filter to specify the node type for the search process. 

Selection 

Action - Sets the action to be executed for the found objects. 

Select - Select all searched objects. 

Add to selection - add searched objects to current selection. 

Sub from selection - remove searched objects from current selection. 

Scroll to selected - Scroll the Scenegraph view to the selected object`s node. 

Scenegraph slider - The Scenegraph slider is placed at the bottom edge of the Scenegraph. Sliding the 

Scenegraph slider to the right, the Scenegraph structure will expand with every step the next child level. 

Sliding the Scenegraph slider to the left, every step will close a child level.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create 

Create 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 

Material Group 

Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 

SwitchComponentTransform 

StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 

Directional Light 

Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 

Sound Obstructor 

Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Create - All function in the create menu will add additional nodes to the scene. The nodes created will be 

created as a child of the currently selected node. If no node is selected the new node will be child of the 

Root node.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit 

Edit 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 

Merge geometry 

Split geometry 

Split geometry in triangles 

Unsplit geometries with one 

triangle 

Subdivide geometry 

Group by material 

Group selection 

Optimize 

Optimize execute 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

This chapter provides information about contextmenu funcions, the scenegraph in VRED Professional.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Convert to 

Convert to 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Group - Converts the selected node to a Group node. 

MaterialGroup - Converts the selected node to a 

MateriaGroup node. 

Transform - Converts the selected node to a 

Transform node. 

ComponentTransform - Converts the selected node 

a ComponentTransform node. 

Switch - Converts the selected node to a Switch 

node. 

StereoSwitch - Converts the selected node to a StereoSwitch node. 

HostSwitch - Converts the selected node to a HostSwicth node. 

DistanceLOD - Converts the selected node to a DistanceLOD node. 

Custom - Converts the selected node to a costum node.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab 

Materials Tab 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 

TrueLight Materials 

Standard Materials 

Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Materials Tab 

In the MaterialsTab all materials in the current file are 

listed . Click Right Mouse button to open the 

MaterialEditor menu. 

Select create to create new materials.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Library Tab 

Library Tab 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 

Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Library - in the library´s tab material libraries can be 

accessed, created and edited. In the left scenegraph 

the material libraries are listed. In the right window all 

materials are listed with a preview render. Right 

Mouse click into the left scenegraph to open the 

library menu. 

Add Current Material - adds the currently 

selected material to the selected library. 

Create Library - creates a new library. Library 

groups can be added to the library. All created 

libraries will be available on startup. 

Create Group - creates a library group. All 

library materials con be grouped and sorted very comfortable. This makes it easier for the user 

to quickly find specific materials. 

Remove - deletes selected library or library group. 

Update - updates the material library´s scenegraph. 

Right Mouse Click on a material in the right library window. 

Apply to selected node - applies selected material to selected nodes. 

Remove - deletes selected material from current library.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Textures Tab 

Textures Tab 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 

Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Textures - in the textures tab material textures 

can be positioned on the selected objects. By 

default VRED uses the UV layout any imported 

object already has. Caution: As soon as any 

change is made in the texture editor the 

previous UV layout will be fully replaced with a 

planar projection. 

The textures and textures´- attributes 

used by the selected material are listed in 

the texture window. 

Calculate Texture Projection - 

Enables the texture projection feature. 

Plane visibility - Sets the planar projection plane visibility. 

Plane distance - Sets the planar projection plane distance. 

Pick Center - Pick the center of the texture projection by pressing 

down SHIFT and leftclicking on the selected Geometry. 

Use Object Center - Uses the object's center to project the 

texture. 

Texture Placement 

Keep aspect ratio - Keeps the aspect ratio of the 

texture when projecting. 

Scale 

Fit scale only - 

Fit scale and center - 

Repeat X,Y - Sets the texture´s repetitin on x- and 

y-axis. 

Offset X,Y - Sets the texture offset value. The 

Offset X(Y and Z) defines how far the texture is 

shifted from the projection´s center position on the 

x-, y- or z-axis. 

Rotation - Sets the textures orientation. The 

Rotation value defines the amount of degree the 

texture is rotated away from the projection plane´s 

orientation. 

Planar texture Projection 

Rotate Phi - 

Rotate Theta - 

Set custom center - 

Center X,Y,Z - 

Map - updates the texture placement. 

Instant mapping - activates texture 

placement updates as soon 

as changes have taken place.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Environments Tab 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 

Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Environment - lists all SphereEnvironment Materials 

existing in the scene. Environments enable you to add 

realistic reflections and lightsources to your scene. 

You can load Environments, and modify the way they 

are displayed and how they affect the scene. 

Use as default environment - Marks the 

environment as default, when checked. 

Is visible - Defines whether the environment 

is visible or not. 

Color Correction 

Exposure - Sets the light exposure in 

the whole scene. 

Whitepoint - Sets the whitepoint value. 

Whitebalance - Sets the whitepoint value in kelvin. 

Gamma - Sets the gamma value. 

Hue-Shift - Sets a hueshift. The whole scene will be colorshifted. 

Contrast - Sets the contrast value. 

Brightness - Sets the brightness. 

Saturation - Sets the saturation of the environment. This has no influence on 

reflections. 

Reflected Saturation - The Reflected Saturation value has direct influence on 

reflecting geometry in the scene. 

Transformation 

Size - Sets the size of the projection sphere of the environment. 

Center (x,y,z) - Sets the center of the projection sphere of the environment. 

Get Center - Calculates the center of the environment geometry. 

Rotate (x,y,z) - Sets the rotation of the projection sphere of the environment. 

Scale (x,y,z) - Sets the scale of the projection sphere of the environment. 

Raytracing Settings 

Override IBL Sampling quality - Check to override the IBL sampling quality 

for still frame and interactive quality. 

Illumination 

Full Sphere - The whole sphere will be illuminating the scene. 

Upper Hemisphere - Only the upper hemisphere will be 

illuminating the scene.


You are here: Modules > Variants > Geometry Variants 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 




Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Geometry Variants: 

To access a Geometry Variant drag a geometry switch 

from the scenegraph into the empty left area of the 

geometry variants tab 

On the right side several options appear: 

!All: Shows all available objects in the 

geometry switch in the Renderview. 

!Next: Jumps to the next item in the geometry 

switch until the last item. 

!Next(Loop): Jumps to the next item in the 

geometry switch. After the last item it jumps 

back to the first item. 

!Previous: Jumps to the previous item in the geometry switch until the first item. 

!Previous(Loop): Jumps to the previous item in the geometry switch. After the first item it 

jumps back to the last item. 

Direct click on the name shows the geometry in the Renderview. 

Right mouse context menu --> create All: Puts all available Geometry Switches into the Geometry 

Variants 

Right mouse context menu --> rename: Renames a Geometry Variant 

Right mouse context menu --> delete: Deletes selected Geometry Variant 

Right mouse context menu --> clear: Deletes all Geometry Variants 

Right mouse context menu --> show Geometry: Shows activated geometry in the Renderview 

Right mouse context menu --> hide Geometry: Hides selected Geometry in the Renderview 

Right mouse context menu --> Select Nodes: Selects nodes in the Scenegraph


You are here: Modules > Variants > Material Variants 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 




Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Material Variants: 

Material Variants are only available for Material 

Switches. To access a Material Variant, drag a 

MaterialSwitch into the empty left area of the Material 

Variants 





MaterialSwitch. After the last item it jumps 


!Previous: Jumps to the previous item in the MaterialSwitch until the first item. 

!Previous(Loop): Jumps to the previous item in the MaterialSwitch. After the first item it 


Direct click on the name activates the material on the geometry. 

Right mouse context menu --> create All: Puts all available Material Switches into the Material Variants 

Right mouse context menu --> rename: Renames a Material Variant 

Right mouse context menu --> delete: Deletes selected Material Variant 

Right mouse context menu --> clear: Deletes all Material Variants 

Right mouse context menu --> show Geometry: Shows assigned geometry in the Renderview 

Right mouse context menu --> hide Geometry: hides assigned geometry in the Renderview 

Right mouse context menu --> Select Nodes: Select Material Switch in the Material Editor


You are here: Modules > Variants > Light Variants 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 




Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Light Variants: 

To access a Material Variant, drag a Light source from 

the scenegraph into the empty left area of the Light 

Variants 


!Disable: Disables the selected Light. 

!Enable: Enables the selected Light 

!Toggle: Toggles between the available Lights. 

Right mouse context menu --> Create All: Puts all 

available Lights into the Lights Variants 

Right mouse context menu --> rename: Renames a Light Variant 

Right mouse context menu --> delete: Deletes selected light 

Right mouse context menu --> clear: Deletes all lights


You are here: Modules > Analyzer Tab > Annotation 

Annotation 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Annotation 

Clipping 

Measurement 


Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Annotation - The annotation module enables you to 

create annotations wherever you want in the scene. 

Appearance 

Show annotations - Turns on/off the 

annotations in the scene. 

Label size - Defines the label size. 

Values are: 

Large, Medium, Small 

Label color - Defines the label color of 

the annotations. Values are: 

Orange, Red, Green, Blue 

Scaling - Sets the scaling to: 

Off, Near or Far.


You are here: Modules > Analyzer Tab > Clipping 

Clipping 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Annotation 

Clipping 

Measurement 


Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Clipping 

Enable Clipping - Enables/disables the 

clipping feature 

Show plane - Shows the clipping plane. 

Position 

Pick - 

Center - 

Align - 

Direction 

X - Sets the direction on the x-axis. 

Y - Sets the direction on the y-axis. 

Z - Sets the direction on the z-axis. 

Invert direction - 

Hide scene - 

Show manipulator - Shows/hides the manipulator. 

Plane visualisation 

Show clipping plane - Shows/hides the clipping plane. 

Color - Defines the color of the clipping plane. 

Show grid - Shows/hides the grid. 

Color - Defines the color of the grid. 

Clipping contour 

Show contour - 

Width - 

Color - Defines the color of the contour. 

Clone contour into scene - 

Genuine clipping - 

Pick clipping path - 

Speed -


You are here: Modules > Analyzer Tab > Measurement 

Measurement 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Annotation 

Clipping 

Measurement 


Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Measurement - The measurement module allows you 

to measure the distances between 

a point and a point 

a point and an object 

an object and an object 

a line to an object 

and the gap between geometry. 

Rightclick delivers the following options: 

Add point to point measurement - 

Measures the distance between a point 

and a point. 

Add point to object measurement - Measures the distance between a point 

and an object. 

Add object to object measurement - Measures the distance between an 

object and an object. 

Add gap measurement - Measures the gap between two objects. 

Remove measurement - Removes a measurement. 

Update - Updates a measurement (after you have moved an object for 

example) 

Zoom in - Zooms in to the specific measurement. 

Load measurements - Load measurements from a specified xml file. 

Save measurements - Save measurements to a xml file. 

Remove all measurements - Removes all measurements. 

Visualization 

Show measurements - Enables/Disables the measurements in the scene. 

Color scheme - Defines what color the measurements are displayed. Values 

are: 

Orange, Red, Green, Blue 

Decimal measurement precision - Sets the decimal measurement precision.


You are here: Modules > Analyzer Tab > Temperature Simulation 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Annotation 

Clipping 

Measurement 


Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

TemperatureSimulation 

Car Orientation 

North - Sets the car orientation to 

north. 

South - Sets the car orientation to 

south. 

Custom orientation - Sets the car 

orientation in degrees. 

Image Settings 

Width - Sets the image width in pixels. 

Height - Sets the image height in pixels. 

Background color - Sets the background color of the temperature simulation. 

Simulation Settings 

Evaluation file - Please select the evaluation file here. Expected: *.txt 

Temperature range 

Minimum - Sets the minimum temperature for the simulation. 

Maximum - Sets the maximum temperature for the simulation.


You are here: Modules > Animation Tab > Animation 

Animation 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 

Animation 

CameraEditor 

Curve Editor 

SAnimation 

Sequencer 

TouchSensor 

Transform 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Animation - in the animation module all animations 

imported via VRML file format are listed. They can be 

initially executed, adjusted, and connected to sensors 

or scripts. Sensor nodes connect animations to other 

nodes. Using sensors, animations can be executed by 

selecting a node connected with the sensor in the 

RenderView. Right Mouse Click into the Animation 

scenegraph to open the Animation Module menu. 

Animation Menu 

Start - starts selected animation. Animations can also 

be executed by double click on the animation´s name. 

Pause/Continue - pauses or continues selected animation. 

Reset - resets selected animation at its start position. 

Select Nodes - selects al nodes connected to the animation. 

Delete - deletes animation. 

Refresh - refreshes the Animation Module´s scengraph. 

Clear - clears the Animation Module´s scengraph. 

Properties 

Comment - a comment for the selected animation can be entered. 

Hotkeys - a hotkey can be assigned to each animation for start animation, pause and continue state. 

Animation 

Cycle interval - sets the animation cycle interval in seconds.


You are here: Modules > Animation Tab > CameraEditor 

CameraEditor 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 

Animation 

CameraEditor 

Curve Editor 

SAnimation 

Sequencer 

TouchSensor 

Transform 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

CameraEditor - in the Camera Module all 3D camera 

parameters can be set. 

Projection Mode - 

Perspective - Perspective mode draws 

your current scene in perspective view. 

This mode is the most natural way of 

image reception. 

Orthographic - Orthographic mode 

draws your current scene in orthographic view. 

Render Wireframe - If you activate this option, VRED will now render this Cameraview in 

wireframe mode. 

z-Up - This function turns the renderview, so that the z-axis points to the top. 

Viewing - There are two ways of defining 

the view. The first way is defining the 

view by the attributes "From", "At" and 

"Up" and the second by the attributes 

"Center of Interest", "Distance", "Height" 

and "Turntable Angle". Both can define 

the position and orientation, but are not 

independent and have effect on each 

other. 

From - Sets the coordinates for 

the position of the camera. 

At - Sets the coordinates for the center of interest. 

Up - Sets the up coordinates for the grade. 

Center of Interest (CoI) - Sets the coordinates for the center of interest. 

Distance - Sets the distance from the CoI. 

Height - Sets the height regarding CoI and distance. 

Turntable Angle - Defines the vertical angle related to your focuspoint. 

Distance to Object Center - Defines the distance to the midpoint of the 

bounding box of your currently selected object. 

If you own a PBAR license, an additional options menu allows you to select 

which camera is observer and which is the projector. 

Clipping - 

Near Plane - sets the near clip 

plane measured in millimeters. All 

objects closer to the camera than 

the near clip plane will not be 

rendered. 

Far Plane - sets the far clip plane 

measured in millimeters. All 

objects further away from the 

camera than the far clip plane will not be rendered.

Lens Attributes - 

Field of View Mode - Defines 

whether your Field of View is 

modified horizontally or vertically. 

Field of View - sets the camera´s 

vertical field of view angle 

measured in degrees. The Field of 

View parameter is directly 

connected to the focal length and 

sensor height parameter. 

Focal Length - sets the virtual 

objective´s focal length in millimeter value depending on the set sensor height 

and the defined field of view. 

Sensor Presets 

Values 

1/3.6" (4.000 w, 3.000 h) 

1/3.2" (4.536 w, 3.416 h) 

1/3" (4.800 w, 3.600 h) 

1/2.7" (5.371 w, 4.035 h) 

1/2.5" (5.760 w, 4.290 h) 

1/2.3" (6.160 w, 4.620 h) 

1/2" (6.400 w, 4.800 h) 

1/1.8" (7.176 w, 5.319 h) 

1/1.7" (7.600 w, 5.700 h) 

2/3" (8.800 w, 6.600 h) 

1" (12.800 w, 9.600 h) 

4/3" (18.000 w, 13.500h) 

1.8" (23.700 w, 15.700h) 

35mm film (36.000 w, 24.000h) 

Sensor Width - Sets the sensor width in millimeters. 

Sensor Height - Sets the sensor height in millimeters. 

Aperture Diameter - Sets the aperture diameter in millimeters. 

Depth Of Field - Activates or deactivates the depth of field function. 

FStop Presets 

Values: 

f/1, 

f/1.4, 

f/2, 

f/2.8, 

f/4, 

f/5.6, 

f/8, 

f/11, 

f/16, 

f/22, 

f/32, 

f/45, 

f/64, 

f/90, 

f/128 

FStop - Defines the FStop in f/x. 

Focus Distance - Sets the focus distance in millimeters. 

Motion Blur - in the motion blur tab all motion blur settings scan be defined. 

Shutter Presets - You can choose between a wide range of 

motion blur shutter presets. 

Values:

1/1000 

1/500 

1/250 

1/125 

1/60 

1/30 

1/15 

1/8 

1/4 

1/2 

1" 

2" 

4" 

8" 

16" 

32" 

64" 

Shutter Speed - Defines the shutter speed in 1/s 

Intrinsic Parameters - Here you can 

change the intrinsic parameters. 

Principal Point 

Unit - Sets the unit (mm, 

px) 

x-Offset - Sets the x- 

Offset. The view itself is not 

affected by this setting. 

y-Offset - Sets the y-Offset. The view itself is not affected by this 

setting. 

Skew Factor - Defines how much VRED skews the view. 

Animation - 

Animation Camera Change - 

Turn on/off camera change 

animation 

Animation Duration - Set the 

animation duration in frames. 

Manual Projection - 

Use Manual Frustum - 

Activates/Deactivates your custom 

frustum settings 

Use Manual Projection Matrix - 

Activates/Deactivates your custom 

projection matrix.


You are here: Modules > Animation Tab > Curve Editor 

Curve Editor 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 

Animation 

CameraEditor 

Curve Editor 

SAnimation 

Sequencer 

TouchSensor 

Transform 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

CurveEditor - The CurveEditor allows the user to 

create and modify animations. Select the object to be 

animated. Scrubbing through the CurveEditor`s 

Timeline the RenderView will render the playback 

settings defined in the CurveEditor, including Motion 

Blur settings, FOV and others. 

Buttons Tab 

Key All - creates a key at the current 

frame for all object attributes listed in 

the CurveEditor`s scenegraph. 

Key Sel - creates a key at the current frame for the selected attributes in the 

CurveEditor`s scenegraph. 

Conv Key - creates a keyframe for all parametrs at the time position with the 

existing spline values. 

Only one of the following modes (Move, Ins or Del) can be 

active at a time. 

Move - Left Mouse Drag to moves selected keys. Keys can be 

moved in horizontal and vertical direction. 

Press CTL+Y to lock the key movement to the 

vertical axis. Moving a key on the vertical axis 

changes the attributes value. 

Press CTL+X to lock the key movement to the 

horizontal axis. Moving a key on the horizontal axis 

changes the key`s frame time. 

Ins - inserts a key at a specific position and value. To insert a key 

press Left Mouse button. Keys can be inserted when only a single 

parameter is selected. 

Del - deletes a key. To delete keys, press Left Mouse bottom. 

Block - a Block is a bin, in which animations can be stored. When a animation is 

created it can be stored in a Block. It can be accessed and edited at any time 

later. Furthermore Blocks can be used in the ClipEditor to arrange more complex 

animations. All objects can have an unlimited amount of Blocks. Each Block has 

the length of the first keyframe position to the last keyframe position. When a 

Block is selected the keyed animation curves will be drawn. 

To create an Animation Block press the Block button. 

Curve Tangents - Tangents describe the entry and exit of curve segments from 

a key. This menu operates on the shape of curve segments around selected 

keys. 

Constant 

Specifying a stepped tangent creates an animation curve whose out tangent is a 

flat curve. 

The curve segment is flat (horizontal), so the value changes at the key without 

gradation. 

Linear 

Specifying a linear tangent creates an animation curve as a straight line joining 

two keys. If the in and out tangent is linear, the curve segment before and

ehind the key is a straight line. 

Flat 

Sets the in and out tangents of the key to be horizontal (with a slope of 0 

degrees). When a ball reaches its ascent, it hangs in the air for a brief time 

before starting its descent. You can create this effect by using a flat tangent. 

Hermite 

Specifying a hermite tangent creates an animation curve that is smooth between 

the key before and the key after the selected key. The tangents of the curve are 

co-linear (both at the same angle). This ensures that the animation curve 

smoothly enters and exits the key. 

Follow 

Specifying a flow tangent creates an animation curve that is smooth between the 

key before and the key after the selected key. The tangents of the curve are colinear 

(both at the same angle). This ensures that the animation curve smoothly 

enters and exits the key. 

Show - shows key tangents. When the key tangents are visible they can be 

adjusted. Left Mouse Drag on tangents ends to adjust tangents. 

Break - breaks the in an out tangent linking. 

SnapX - snaps the key on every frame. 

SnapY - snaps the key on every value. 

Center - frames all selected parameters animation curves. 

Export - export the current CurveEditor animation. 

Options - sets the CurveEditor`s options. 

Show Icon Text - shows the icon textual discriptions. 

Extended Attribute View - activate the Extended Attribute View to animate 

more than one object at a time. With the Extended Attribute View all selected 

objects attributes will be listed in the CurveEditors scenegraph. This allows the 

user creating multi object Blocks. The animated attributes of all selected objects 

will be stored in a Block. 

Lock Time Sliders - locks the Local Curves and Active Blocks time sliders. 

Navigating in the CurvesGraph 

Middle Mouse Drag to pan the CurvesGraph. 

Right Mouse Drag vertical to zoom in x-axis. 

Right Mouse Drag horizontal to zoom in y-axis. 

CTRL + Left Mouse Drag to zoom to selection frame. 

Left Mouse Click and Drag on a key to move key. 

Shift + Left Mouse Click to select a key. 

Shift + CTRL + Left Mouse Click to add a key to the current selection. 

Shift + Left Mouse Drag to select keys with a frame selection. 

Shift + CTRL + Left Mouse Drag to add a key with a frame selection to the 

current selection. 

Shift + Right Mouse Click to deselect a key. 

Shift + CTRL + Right Mouse Click to remove a key from the selection. 

Shift + Left Mouse Drag to deselect keys with a frame selection. 

Shift + CTRL + Left Mouse Drag to remove a key with a frame selection from 

the current selection. 

CurveEditor Scenegraph - the CurveEditor´s scenegraph lists all keyable attributes of the 

selected object and its attached Blocks. Right Mouse Click to open the scenegraph´s menu. 

Create/Convert to Transform3D - Creates a Transform3D node or converts 

an existing node to a Transform3D node.

Key All - creates a key at the current frame for all object attributes listed in the 

CurveEditor´s scenegraph. 

Key Selected - creates a key at the current frame for the selected attributes in 

the CurveEditor´s scenegraph. 

Block Animation - creates an animation Block. A Block is a bin, in which 

animations can be stored. When a animation is created it can be stored in a 

Block. It can be accessed and edited at any time later. Furthermore Blocks can 

be used in the ClipEditor to arrange more complex animations. All objects can 

have an unlimited amount of Blocks. Each Block has the length of the first 

keyframe position to the last keyframe position. When a Block is selected the 

keyed animation curves will be drawn in the CurvesGraph. 

Clear - clears the CurveEditor´s scenegraph. 

AnimationBlocks - lists all AnimationBlocks in the scene. Select a animation 

Block to show its animation curves. 

Right Mouse Click on AnimationBlock - more options can be selected. 

Play Block - plays selected AnimationBlock. 

Duplicate Block - duplicates selected Block. 

Flip Block - reverses selected AnimationBlock´s animation direction. 

Delete Block - deletes selected Block. 

Active - sets selected Block to active. Each animated object can set one of its 

animated blocks at a time active. The last created Block is automatically being 

set to active. All Blocks that are set to active will be executed when the "Active 

Blocks" time slider is moved. This is independent of which objects is currently 

selected. 

Deactivate All - deactivates all active Blocks. 

Activate Motion Blur - activates motion blur rendering for the AnimationBlock. 

Motion Blur is rendered on a per object and animation base in VRED. Only 

AnimationBlocks with motion Blur activated will be rendered with motion if 

motion blur rendering is activated. Read Animation->Camera ->View 

Parameters->Motion Blur. 

CurveEditor Timeline - the CurveEditor´s Timeline and the Timeslider is split into two areas, 

a top and a bottom area. The top area defines the Timeslider position for the currently drawn 

curves in the CurvesGraph, while the bottom Timeslider position sets the time for all Animation 

Blocks set to active. 

Sliding top Timeslider - currently selected block will be played. 

Sliding the bottom Timeslider - all Animation Blocs set to active will be 

played. 

Start Frame - sets the Timeline´s start frame position. 

End Frame - sets the Timeline´s end frame position. 

Current Frame - sets the selected key´s frame position. 

Value - sets the selected key´s value. 

FPS - sets the animation frame rate. The entry value defines the amount of 

frames to be used for one second of amination. 

Buttons 

I - play the top Timeline forwards/ play the bottom Timeline 

forward. 

>I - set all Timesliders to the next Keyframe of the currently 

selected Animation Block.

I - set all Timesliders to the End Frame position.


You are here: Modules > Animation Tab > SAnimation 

SAnimation 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 

Animation 

CameraEditor 

Curve Editor 

SAnimation 

Sequencer 

TouchSensor 

Transform 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

SAnimation 

Play - Plays an Animation 

Reverse Play - Reverse plays an animation. 

Pause - Pause the playback of an animation.


You are here: Modules > Animation Tab > Sequencer 

Sequencer 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 

Animation 

CameraEditor 

Curve Editor 

SAnimation 

Sequencer 

TouchSensor 

Transform 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Sequencer - The Sequencer Module allows the user 

to setup command sequences. These sequences will 

be executed in a batch process from top to bottom. 

Sequences can be executed initially by the user, or by 

other actions in the application which can be set by 

the user. All entries are case sensitive. 

Create Sequence - creates a sequence node 

in which actions can be queued. 

Create Action - actions are function sets, 

which can be used to activate and edit settings in VRED. 

setEnvironmentVariable - sets the VRED project´s environment variables. 

name - sets the variable´s name. 

value - sets the variable´s value. 

enable Simulation - sets the simulation state. The simulation state defines 

whether animation can be executed or not. 

state - sets the simulation state. 

state value´s - true/ false. 

show InitialView - activates the initialView position. 

jump Viewpoint - sets the camera to a viewpoint´s position. Viewpoints can be 

set in the ViewPoints module. 

name - sets the viewpoint´s name. 

enable ViewPointsAnimation - starts a viewpoint animation. A viewpoint 

animation is an animation that runs through all ViewPoints created with the 

ViewPoints speed settings. 

state - sets the ViewPointsAnimation state. 


setActiveSnapshotMovieRenderPasses - activates render-passes for image 

rendering. 

beauty_pass - true/ false 

diffuse_ibl_pass - true/ false 

diffuse_light_pass - true/ false 

glossy_ibl_pass - true/ false 

glossy_light_pass - true/ false 

specular_ibl_pass - true/ flase 

specular_light_pass - true/ false 

incandescence_pass - true/ false 

indirect_pass - true/ false 

occlusion_pass - true/ false 

normal_pass - true/ false

depth_pass - true/ false 

resetActiveSnapshotMovieRenderPasses - deactivates rendering the image 

with render-passes. 

create Snapshot - renders a single image. 

filename - sets the target directory and the image filename. 

width - sets the image width resolution in pixel. 

height - sets the image height resolution in pixels. 

supersampling - sets the sampling quality. 

states - 0-> no samplin, 1-> low sampling, 2-> 

medium sampling, 3-> high sampling 

alpha - sets the state of alpha rendering. 

state - true-> renders alpha channel, false -> 

renders no alpha channel. 

alpha RED/GREEN/BLUE - sets the alpha color. 

dpi - sets the dots per inch resolution embedded in the rendered 

image. 

show image - opens the image file after rendering is completed. 

states - true/ false 

alpha premultiply - multiplies the alpha and the color channel in 

the resulting image. 


create Movie 

filename - sets the target directory and the movie filename. 



fps - sets the frames to be rendered per each movie second. 

startFrame - sets the movie´s start frame. 

stopFrame - sets the movie´s end frame. 









image. 






set SwitchMaterialChoice - sets a material switch selection id. 

name - sets the Switch Material´s name. 

choice - sets the Switch Material´s selection ID. 

selectVariantSet - activates a variant set.

name - sets the VariantsSet´s name to be activated. 

startAnimation - starts an animation node in the Animation Module. 

name - sets the animation name to be started. 

stopAnimation - stops an animation node in the Animation Module. 

name - sets the animation name to be stopped. 

pauseAnimation - pauses an animation node in the Animation Module. 

name - sets the animation name to be pause. 

resetAnimation - resets an animation node in the Animation Module. 

name - sets the animation name to be reset. 

reverse SAnimation - revers an animation node in the Animation Module. 

name - sets the animation name to be reversed. 

playCanimation - starts an animation clip. 

name - sets the animation clip´s name to be executed. 

set VRMLViewpontsEnable - activates or deactivates VRML viewpoints. VRML 

viewpoints are camera animations imported via a vrml file from third party 

software. 

state - true/false 

setVRMLcurrentViewpoint - sets the VRML viewpoint to be activated. 

name - sets the VRML viewpoint name to activate. 

resetRenderlayer - resets all RenderLayer settings. 

activateRenderlayer - activates a renderlayer. 

name - sets the name of the renderlayer to be activated. 

setStillDOF - activates or deactivates depth of field rendering. 

state - true/ false 

radius - sets the DOF blur amount. 

focal distance - sets the focus distance in millimeters. 

set Renderquality - sets the image render quality and image render mode. 

available modes: 

VR_QUALITY_ANALYTIC_HIGH 

VR_QUALITY_ANALYTIC_LOW 

VR_QUALITY_REALISTIC_HIGH 

VR_QUALITY_REALISTIC_LOW 

VR_QUALITY_RAYTRACING 

set RaytracingAAinitialSamples - sets the minimum amount of initial 

antialiasing samples for Raytracing rendering. 

samples - sets the minimum amount of samples for Raytracing rendering 

set RaytracingAAadaptiveSamples - sets the minimum amount of adaptive 

samples for Raytracing rendering. 


set RayatrcingAAtreshold - sets the raytracing attributes threshold quality. 

set RaytracingAAimagesFilter - sets the image filter algorithm for Raytracing 

rendering. 

Duplicate - duplicates the selected sequence or action. 

Rename - renames the selected sequence or action. 

Delete - deletes the selected sequence or action. 

Active - sets the selected sequence to active. Activated sequences can be executed.

Move Up - shifts the selected actions position one step up in the process queue. 

Move Down - shifts the selected actions position one step down in the process queue. 

Run - execute selected sequence. 

Run All - execute all sequences, that have an active state.


You are here: Modules > Animation Tab > TouchSensor 

TouchSensor 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 

Animation 

CameraEditor 

Curve Editor 

SAnimation 

Sequencer 

TouchSensor 

Transform 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Touchsensor - The TouchSensor allows you to switch 

Variants or play Animations by a single click. 

Add Node - Adds a node to the TouchSensor. 

Add Variant - Adds a variant to the 

TouchSensor. 

Remove - Removes an object from the 

TouchSensor.


You are here: Modules > Animation Tab > Transform 

Transform 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 

Animation 

CameraEditor 

Curve Editor 

SAnimation 

Sequencer 

TouchSensor 

Transform 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Transform 

The Transform tool enables you to transform 

geometry in any way. You can move geometry, resize 

it, rotate it and redefine the pivot. It gives you full 

control over all elements in the scene. 

Basic 

translate (x,y,z) - Moves the object on 

the x,y or z-axis. 

Move to Camera - Moves the object to the location of the 

camera. 

Move to Origin - Moves the object to its origin. 

rotate (x,y,z) - Rotates the object on the x,y or z-axis. 

Pick axis (x,y,z) - Pick the x,y or z-axis. 

Show axis - Displays the axis. 

scale (x,y,z) - Scale the object on x,y or z-axis. 

Connect XYZ axis - Connects x,y and z axis and keys the same 

value to all of them. 

shearXY - Shears the object on the x and y-axis. 

shearXZ - Shears the object on the x and z-axis. 

shearYZ - Shears the object on the y and z-axis.


You are here: Modules > Appearance Tab > Ambient Occlusion 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 




Light Editor 

Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

In VRED the Ambient Occlusion Calculation is a 

preprocess and takes place during the data 

preparation. The calculated Ambient Occlusion results 

will be baked on the geometries vertices. The 

smoothness of the Ambient Occlusion depends on the 

level of detail of a geometry. Therefore VRED offers 

several ways to increase the quality on low level 

geometries, like subdividing triangles and predefined 

quality presets. 

Ambient Occlusion is a sophisticated calculation method which simulates soft global illumination by faking 

darkness perceived in corners and at mesh intersections, creases, and cracks, where light is diffused 

(usually) by accumulated dirt and dust. This has the effect of darkening cracks, corners and points of 

contact. 

Ambient Occlusion is a specific not-physically-accurate rendering trick. It basically samples a hemisphere 

around each point on the face, sees what proportion of that hemisphere is occluded by other geometry, and 

shades the pixel accordingly. Its got nothing to do with light at all, its purely a rendering trick that tends 

to look nice because generally in real life surfaces that are close together (like small cracks) will be darker 

than surfaces that dont have anything in front of them, because of shadows, dirt, etc. The Ambient 

Occlusion process though is approximating this result, its not simulating light bouncing around or going 

through things. Thats why Ambient Occlusion still works when no lights are in the scene. 

Important: Only selected Objects will be calculated. All other visible Objects in the scene are taken into 

account. 

Presets: Loads and saves Ambient Occlusion presets. Additional presets can be added or removed 

Global Illumination 

Shadow Quality: Defines the direct shadow quality of the Ambient Occlusion. 

5 Presets are Available: 

- Preview Quality 

- Low Quality 

- Medium Quality 

- High Quality 

- Highest Quality 

- Ultra High Quality 

Min Distance: Sets the minimum distance where objects will be taken into account for the 

Ambient Occlusion calculation. This value defines total black areas where full occlusion takes 

place. 

Max Distance: Sets the maximum distance where objects will be taken into account or the 

Ambient Occlusion calculation. This value defines total white areas where no occlusion takes 

place. 

This value can also be seen as the maximum expansion of the virtual hemisphere. 

All numeric values represent mm as units. 

Important: The total calculation time depends on the complexity of the Scene and of the 

chosen Shadow Quality Preset. 

Indirect Illumination 

The Indirect Illumination checkbox enables an additional Calculation of indirect 

light bounces which increases the quality of the final result.

5 different Presets are available: 


- Low Quality 




Override Material Color 

Overrides the material color of the occlusion. 

Enable Color Bleeding 

Color bleeding enables the transfer of color between nearby 

objects, caused by the colored reflection of the indirect illumination 

option. 

color bleeding causes a white wall close to a red wall to appear 

pink because it receives red light from the wall. 

Number of Indirections - the number of indirections defines how many light 

bounces are calculated. The default value is one with means that only one light 

bounce is calculated. 

Important - Higher values produce better quality but increase the calculation 

time. 

Subdivision 

Subdivision Quality 

Enabling the subdivision checkbox causes geometry to be refined 

during the Ambient Occlusion calculation process. Additional 

vertices are inserted into the meshes. Thus it is possible to get 

much more smooth results on the geometry. 

2 Presets are available: 

- Low Quality 



Minimum Edge Length - This value defines the threshold of the subdivision. If 

the length of an edge between two vertices is below this value it won't be 

subdivided and no additional vertices are added. 

Intensity Threshold - Sets the threshold the intensity values of two vertices 

must exceed, to force a subdivision of the triangle edge. 

Caution: Enabling this feature increases calculation time and will also increase 

the polygon count of the Scene. 

Examples 

Settings: 

Shadow Quality: Preview Quality 

Min Distance: 1 

Max Distance: 3000

Indirect Illumination: No 

Color Bleeding: No 

Subdivision: No 

Settings: 

Shadow Quality:Medium Quality 


Max Distance: 3000 




Settings: 

Shadow Quality:Highest Quality 






Settings: 




Indirect Illumination: Yes 

Number of Indirections: 3

Color Bleeding: Yes 


Clear Shadows: Deletes the Ambient Occlusion on the selected geometry. 

Clear Indirect: Deletes the Indirect Illumination on the selected geometry.


You are here: Modules > Appearance Tab > Geometry Editor 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 




Normals 

Tesselation 

Decore 

Light Editor 

Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 


Geometry Editor of VRED Professional


You are here: Modules > Appearance Tab > Light Editor 

Light Editor 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 




Light Editor 

Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

The LightEditor provides all functionalities for creating 

an manipulating all available light sources. Per default 

the headlight is the only light source. It will be 

automatically disabled if new light sources are 

created. Three different light types are available : 


A directional light has no origin. It is an 

infinite light with one direction. It is 

often used to simulate outdoor lighting 

like sunlight, 

Spotlight 

A spotlight is the most common light source to light a scene. It is a directional 

light with an origin and has a cone angle which defines the hard lit areas and a 

penumbra angle which defines the soft lit areas. 

Point Light 

A Point light is a non direction light with a point as an origin. Light is emitted to 

all directions. 

Common parameters 

Object 

Name - Sets the name for the selected light 

Type - Changes the light source type 

Enabled - Enables light source or disables it. 

Local lighting - Activating this feature provides light sources to function as a 

local light. Only geometry inside the light source node will be lit. This enables 

the user to set a more sophisticated lighting of the scene. 

Visualization 

Show all lights - Unhides all available light source geometries in the scene for 

visual feedback and interactive transformation actions like scale, rotate and 

translate. 

Hide all lights - Hides all available light source geometries in the scene. 

Color 

Scale - Scales the light source geometry in the Scene for better visual 

feedback. 

Ambient - Defines the ambient color of a light. This is the color in the dark 

areas of an object. This is usually the color where no light is received. 

Diffuse - Diffuse color is the color of the light of a diffuse reflection (the type of 

reflection that is characteristic of light reflected from a dull, non-shiny surface). 

A diffuse color attribute specifies the color of the light diffusely reflected by the 

objects to which it is assigned. 

Specular - Specular color is the color of the light on shiny surfaces. 

Intensity - Changes the light intensity. Higher values result in brighter lighting. 

Shadow 

Intensity - Changes the intensity of casted Shadows.

Shadow Map Resolution - Sets the quality for OpenGL shadow maps. Higher 

values increase the quality. 

Light Profile - IES light profiles are standardized light emission data sets with correct physical 

light attributes. Those profiles simulate correct light falloff and intensities. 

IES Profile - Specifies the path to a IES profile. 

Set Profile Shape - Automatically sets the shape of the light geometry to the 

defined shape within the IES profile. 

Position/Direction 

Use Camera - Sets the Light position and direction to the current camera 

position snd direction. 

Create - Creates a new light source. Three different types are available: 

- Directional Light 

- Spot Light 

- Point Light 

Delete - deletes the selected light source 

Rename - The user have the possibility to rename light sources. 

Change Type - Converts existing light sources to different light source types. 

Light specific parameters 

Spotlight 

Cone Angle - It is the angle, in degrees, from one edge of the light's beam to 

the opposite edge. 

Penumbra Angle - The Penumbra Angle controls the falloff, in degrees, of the 

edges of the beam. This can be a positive or negative value. 

If it's positive, the falloff will occur from the edge of the light determined by the 

cone angle, outward by the penumbra angle. Therefore, if the Cone Angle is set 

to 30° and the Penumbra Angle is set to 5°, the light has a total angle of 40° (30 

+ 5 + 5 - that is 5 degrees on each side). The beams falloff would begin at 30 

degrees and would fall off to an intensity of 0 at 40 degrees. 

Light Attenuation - Sets the Falloff of the light intensity. 

Three values are available: 

- Off (Light intensity of light is constant in relation to the distance 

of light) 

- Linear (Light intensity decreases linear in relation to the 

distance of light) 

- Quadratic (Light intensity decreases quadratic in relation to the 


Area Light 

Use realistic Falloff - Sets the Falloff behavior of an area light to quadratic. 

Pointlight 

Size - Sets the area light size in mm. The Bigger the light, the brighter. Sets the 

shape to a rectangular area light. 

Light Attenuation - Sets the Falloff of the light intensity. 



of light) 




distance of light)

Area Light 

Use realistic Falloff - Lets the Falloff behavior of an area light to quadratic. 

Size - Sets the area light size in mm. The Bigger the light, the brighter. Sets 

the shape to a sphere area light. 

Additional context menu right mouse button in light sources stack): 

Right mouse context menu --> create: Creates new light sources (directional, sport or 

point light) 

Right mouse context menu --> rename: renames the currently selected light source 

Right mouse context menu --> delete: deletes the currently selected light 

source 

Right mouse context menu --> select all: selects all available light sources in the 

stack. 

Right mouse context menu --> deselect all: removes the selection on all light sources 

Right mouse context menu --> invert selection: inverts the current selection 

Right mouse context menu --> find: opens a new window for searching specific light 

sources by name (REGEX are supported) 

Right mouse context menu --> select node: selects the marked light source in the 

scenegraph 

Right mouse context menu --> scroll to selected: focuses the selected light source in the 

scenegraph 

Right mouse context menu --> switch on: enables selected light source 

Right mouse context menu --> switch off: disables selected light source. 

Right mouse context menu --> toggle: toggles the state of the selected light source 

(on/off) 

Right mouse context menu --> change type: changes the type of the selected lightsource 

Right mouse context menu --> validate: Validates all lights and updates all lights in the 

scenegraph


You are here: Modules > Info Tab > Node Editor 

Node Editor 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Node Editor 

Info 

Editor 

Attachment 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

NodeEditor 

The Node Editor provides all information about any 

node type in a scene. The Node Editor offers the 

possibility to view detailed information about selected 

nodes, changing values and attach custom attributes 

to nodes.


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > Cluster 

Cluster 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Cluster 

Projection 

Options 

Servers 

Servers2 

Misc 


Postprocesing 


Renderlayer 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 


clustering capabilities of VRED Professional


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > FinalRenderPass 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Cluster 


Postprocesing 


Renderlayer 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 


EnableFinalRenderPass - Turns the 

FinalRenderPass on or off. 

Config File - Defines the path to the config 

file. 

Use FinalRenderPass on - Defines where to 

use the FinalRenderPass. Values: 

Localhost, Cluster, Localhost and Cluster 

Left eye / Right eye 

Textures - Defines the Textures used for the final renderpass used in the scene. 

Add - Adds a texture to be used in the final renderpass. 

Remove - Removes a texture. 

Edit - Edits a texture. 

Shader 

Vertex Shader - Defines the path to a vertex shader. 

Fragment Shader - Defines the path to a fragment shader. 

Parameters - You can create specific parameters. The Types can 

be: 

Int 

Real 

Vec2f 

Vec3f 

Vec4f 

Matrix 

Load - Loads settings from a preset stored in a xml-file. 

Save - Saves settings into a preset stored in a xml-file. 

Apply - Applies your current settings.


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > Postprocesing 

Postprocesing 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Cluster 


Postprocesing 

PostFX 


Renderlayer 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

The Postprocessing Module offers an interactive image 

manipulation like tonemapping color correction and analyzing 

features.


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > Render Quality Settings 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Cluster 


Postprocesing 


Antialiasing 


Renderlayer 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

RaytracingSettings 

The RaytracingSettings offer all attributes for 

interactive and image rendering settings. It is the 

main module for producing sharp and smooth images. 

It also offers the possibility to load and save Presets.


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > Renderlayer 

Renderlayer 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Cluster 


Postprocesing 


Renderlayer 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

The RenderLayer module offers features to set special 

attributes to objects, 

Layer: 

Sets the Name of the Layer 

Visibility: 

Sets the attribute for the Color and Alpha 

Channel. If this attribute is set to OFF objects 

won't be rendered at all 

Visible in Alpha: 

Sets the attribute for the Alpha Channel. If this attribute is set to OFF objects won't be 

rendered in the Alpha Channel. This is the way to produce cutouts. 

Primary Visibility: 

Sets the attribute for the Color Channel. If this attribute is set to OFF objects won't be 

rendered in the Color Channel. 

Visible in Reflections: 

Sets the attribute for the Reflection. If this attribute is set to OFF objects won't be visible in 

reflections 

Visible in Refractions: 

Sets the attribute for Refcractions. If this attribute is set to OFF objects won't be visible in 

refractions. 

Cast Shadows: 

Sets the attribute for casting shadows. If the attribute is set to OFF objects won't cast 

shadows. 

Using RenderLayer: 

Right mouse context menu --> Create Layer: Creates a new empty Render Layer 

Right mouse context menu --> rename: Renames Render Layer 

Right mouse context menu --> Delete: Deletes Render Layer 

Right mouse context menu --> Move Up: Moves a Render Layer one position up in the 

Stack 

Right mouse context menu --> Move Down: Moves a Render Layer one position down in 

the Stack 

Right mouse context menu --> Apply Attributes to All: Sets RenderLayer attributes to all 

objects in one Layer 

Right mouse context menu --> Add selected Nodes: Adds seleted objects from the 

scenegraph to selected RenderLayer 

Right mouse context menu --> Cleanup: Removes non existing objects from RenderLayers


You are here: Modules > Tracking Tab > Devices 

Devices 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Devices 

Servers 


Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Devices 

This Tab allows you to define VPRN Devices. 

VRPN provides the connection support between 

the application and all kinds of devices using 

the appropriate class-of-service for each type 

of device sharing this link. These devices may 

be tracker, button devices, haptic devices, 

analog inputs or sound. 

Add device - Adds a new VRPN device. 

Remove device - Removes a VRPN device. 

Reset device - Resets the selected device 

Edit calibration - Edits the calibration of the selected device. 

Reset calibration - Resets the calibration data to standard values. 

Calibrate - Calibrates the selected device 

Clear config - Clears the complete configuration. All your presets will be deleted! 

Load config - Loads configuration data from a xml-file. 

Save config - Saves configuration data to a xml-file.


You are here: Modules > Tracking Tab > Servers 

Servers 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Devices 

Servers 


Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Servers - This tab enables you to create, start and 

delete trackingserver. 

Add server - Adds a new trackingserver. 

Remove server - Removes the selected 

trackingserver. 

Start server - Starts the selected 

trackingserver . 

Stop server - Stops the selected 

trackingserver. 

Refresh servers - Refreshes all trackingserverd defined.


You are here: Modules > Tracking Tab > Cart Calibration 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Devices 

Servers 


Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 


Calibration Tracker - Please select the 

Calibration Tracker from the dropdown menu. 

Offset Transform Node - Sets the offset 

transform node. 

Use Cart Calibration - Please check whether 

you want to use cart calibration or not.


You are here: Modules > Variants Tab > VariantSets 

VariantSets 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

VariantSets 

Search 

Send Question 

VariantSets 

VRED offers the possibility to set up different 

scenarios by using the VariantSets. All available 

Variants can be combined together in one 

Scene. For configurators logical connections can 

be generated. 

General: 

Hotkey: For each Variant Set a hotkey 

can be assigned. 

Comment: Adds a custom 

comment to each Variant Set. 

Geometry: From the Variants Tab, 

multiple Geometry Variants can be 

combined together in one geometry 

variant set, by dragging the desired 

geometry variants from the Variants Tab 

to the Geometry Tab of the VariantSets. 

Make sure, that at least one VariantSet is 

created. Each Geometry Variant can have 

different states. They will be activated by 

double clicking on the Variantset. 

Material: From the Variants Tab, multiple 

Material Variants can be combined 

together in one Material Variant Set, by 

dragging the desired Material Variants 

from the Variants Tab to the Material Tab 

of the VariantSets. Make sure, that at 

least one VariantSet is created. Each 

Material Variant can have different states. 

They will be activated by double clicking 

on the Variantset. 

Lights: From the Variants Tab, multiple 

Light Variants can be combined together 

in one Light Variant Set, by dragging the 

desired Light Variants from the Variants 

Tab into the Lights Tab of the Variant 

Sets. Make sure that at least one Variant 

Set is created. Each Light Variant Set can 

have different states. They will be 

activated by double clicking on the Variant 

Set. 

View: Multiple Viewpoints can be added 

in this tab 

Anim: Multiple initial animations can be

added in this tab 

Script: Multiple Python Scripts can be 


Values: Custom Values can be added in 

this tab 

Right mouse context menu -->New 

Set: Creates a new VariantSet 

Right mouse context menu --> New 

Group: Creates a new Folder for 

VariantSets 

Right mouse context menu --> Clear: 

Removes all VariantSets and Groups 

Right mouse context menu --> 

Dissection Mode: Disables Rendering and 

switches to analyzing mode 

Right mouse context menu --> Verify 

All: Possibility to load a csv File with 

embedded logics



Search 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Search for: 

Advanced search


You are here: Modules 

Modules 

This chapter provides information about all available 

modules in VRED Professional.


You are here: Modules > Info Tab 

Info Tab 

This chapter provides all information about the Info Tab of VRED Professional.


You are here: Modules > Info Tab > Node Editor 

Node Editor 

NodeEditor 

The Node Editor provides all information about any node type in a scene. The Node Editor offers the 

possibility to view detailed information about selected nodes, changing values and attach custom attributes 

to nodes.


You are here: Modules > Info Tab > Node Editor > Info 

Info 

Info 

The Info Tab provides all information about the 

current selected node in the scene graph. 

Name: Displays the Name of the selected Node 

Triangles: Displays the amount of triangles of 

the selected geometry node 

Texture Memory: Displays the amount of the 

texture memory consumption of the selected 

nodes. 

Bounding Box Min: Describes the least value 

of the surrounding box of a geometry node 

Bounding Box Max: Describes the biggest 

value of the surrounding box of a geometry 

node 

Id: Displays the ID of the current selected 

nodes in the scene graph.


You are here: Modules > Info Tab > Node Editor > Attachment 

Attachment 

Attachment 

Offers the possibilty to add custom attributes with 

custom values to a node.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Export > Cube Image 

Cube Image 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

Cube Image 

Movie/Image 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Cube Image 

Resolution - Render resolution for cube 

images 

Supported resolutions: 

32 x 32 

64 x 64 

128 x 128 

256 x 256 

512 x 512 

1024 x 1024 

2048 x 2048 

Supersampling - Sets supersampling quality 

for cube-image rendering 

Supersampling quality: 

- Off 

- 4x 

- 16x 

- 64x 

Type - defines the Type of cube-image rendering 

Type: 

- Separate images (6 planar Images) 

- Vertical cross rendering 

- Horizontal cross rendering 

- Spherical map rendering


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Export > Movie/Image 

Movie/Image 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

Cube Image 

Movie/Image 

Image 

Movie 

Signature 

Snapshot 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Movie/Images 

This chapter provides inforamtion about global 

settings for exporting movies and images.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > FileIO > Options 

Options 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 

Options 


FHS 

Maya 

OSB / VPB 

Rhino 

SLP 

STL 

WRL 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Options 

Verify geometry - ensures during import that 

the geometry`s structure is suitable for 

rendering. 

Optimize geometry - rebuilds geometry 

optimized for VRED scenegraph. 

Create UberMaterials - 

Texture compression 

Mode: 

None - no texture 

compression at any 

time 

Auto - texture 

compression when 

texture size 

exceeds graphics board memory limit 

Always - texture compression for all 

loaded textures 

Video Memory limit (MB) - Sets the video 

memory limit for use with texture compression 

tmp path - Path for temporary files


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > FileIO > Texture search paths 






Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 

Options 


FHS 

Maya 

OSB / VPB 

Rhino 

SLP 

STL 

WRL 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Specifies the folders where VRED searches for 

textures.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > FileIO > FHS 

FHS 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 

Options 


FHS 

Maya 

OSB / VPB 

Rhino 

SLP 

STL 

WRL 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

FHS 

Loader 

Ignore "INVERTALPHA" 

Writer 

Write poly pools - 

Force writing "INVERTALPHA" - 

Write Material - 

Write Geometry - 

Texture quality high - 

Extended Format 

Enable extended format - 

Inline audio data -


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > FileIO > Maya 

Maya 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 

Options 


FHS 

Maya 

OSB / VPB 

Rhino 

SLP 

STL 

WRL 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Maya 

General 

Maya directory - sets the Maya 

installation path. This defines the Maya 

version file type which can be loaded. 

Import 

Force Grayscale shadow texture - 

converts all grayscale texture from RGB 

to grayscale textures. 

Use local material library - Uses the 

local material library when checked. 

Units - sets the units to be used for 

the imported data. 

Export 

Units - sets the units to be used for exported data.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > FileIO > OSB / VPB 

OSB / VPB 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 

Options 


FHS 

Maya 

OSB / VPB 

Rhino 

SLP 

STL 

WRL 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

OSB / VPB 

Writer 

File compression - VRED files can be 

saved with file compression. This helps 

reducing the needed disc space for the 

file. With the file compression option the 

quality of file compression can be 

defined.There are three options: 

No file compression - Does not 

compress files, which results in 

larger VRED files and short 

saving and loading times. 

Fast file compression - Does 

compress files, which results in 

smaller file sizes. Saving and 

loading time will be longer. 

Best file compression - Does compress the data into very small 

files, which saves a lot of disc space. Saving and loading files 

takes longer. 

Inline Textures - Inline all textures used in the scene into the file. 

Texture Compression Type - Defines the quality in which inline textures will be embedded. 

None - Keeps all textures in their native file format and quality. 

Lossless - All textures will be compressed lossless. 

Lossy - All textures will be compressed to the smallest possible size, with losses taken in 

account. 

The user can set the quality in the quality tab. 

Quality - Sets the quality for the texture compression. 

Reader 

Checksum test - The checksum test ensures that the whole file was successfully 

read after loading into VRED. The checksum test causes long file loading times.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > FileIO > Rhino 

Rhino 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 

Options 


FHS 

Maya 

OSB / VPB 

Rhino 

SLP 

STL 

WRL 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Rhino 

Merge geometry - Merges geometry when 

importing Rhino material. 

Import NURBS - Import NURBS data when 

checked.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > FileIO > SLP 

SLP 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 

Options 


FHS 

Maya 

OSB / VPB 

Rhino 

SLP 

STL 

WRL 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

SLP 

Disable display lists - Usually, an OpenGL 

display list is being created for rendering the 

imported geometry. Some older graphics 

boards have issues handling these amounts of 

data. Turn off the display lists to get a stable 

result, but the performance might drop 

extremely.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > FileIO > STL 

STL 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 

Options 


FHS 

Maya 

OSB / VPB 

Rhino 

SLP 

STL 

WRL 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

STL 

Loader 

Disable display lists - Usually, an 

OpenGL display list is being created for 

rendering the imported geometry. Some 

older graphics boards have issues 

handling these amounts of data. Turn 

off the display lists to get a stable 

result, but the performance might drop 

extremely. 

Loader 

STL Exportformat 

Ascii - Is Legible in the editor, 

but is being read and written 

very slowly and consumes more 

hard disk space. 

Binary - Is unlegible in the editor (binary), but is being read and 

written very fast and consumes less hard disk space.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > FileIO > WRL 

WRL 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 

Options 


FHS 

Maya 

OSB / VPB 

Rhino 

SLP 

STL 

WRL 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

WRL 

Reader 

Optimization (Auto, Catia, Pro 

Engineer) - These are special 

optimizations that are performed during 

loadup. Highly complex data structures 

of Catia and Pro Engineer's VRML files 

make it very hard to get performant 

results. These Optimizations enable you 

to display these data sets up to 50x 

faster than usual and give you a quick 

feedback. 

Writer 

Inline textures - Usually, textures are 

only referenced as normal files. Inline 

textures allow you to embed textures 

directly into the VRML file.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Import > CAD 

CAD 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

CAD 

Tesselation 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

CAD 

CAD kernel Tessellation 

There are two different conversion and 

tessellation modules in VRED Professional. The 

Optimizer Converter and the VRED-CAD 

Converter. 

Setting Internal 

Tessellation to on, 

forces VRED to use the 

VRED-CAD Converter. 

Setting Internal 

Tessellation to 

off forces VRED to use 

the Optimizer Converter. 

Tessellation Quality - The higher the quality 

value, the better the tessellated result. The 

total calculation time depends on the quality 

values. Higher values results in a longer calculation time. 

Maximum edge length - The maximum edge length`s value defines the longest edge length 

per triangle of each tessellated patch. 

Healing 

Rebuild Topology - Refines the currently setted tessellation in the imported 

files to seam the tessellation of adjacent patches. 

Logging 

Activates a log process for data conversion 

Log Directory - sets the directory for the log file.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Import > Tesselation 

Tesselation 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

CAD 

Tesselation 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Tessellation 

Tessellation - Quality 

Tolerance - sets the maximum triangle 

aberration for tessellation from the b- 

splines. 

If there are further tessellation 

tolerances added, then there will be an 

LOD node generated for each imported 

file. The tolerance values will define the 

tessellation aberration for each LOD 

nodes child. The amount of children is 

defined by the amount of tolerance 

values. 

With the Add and Remove button, 

tessellation values can be added or 

removed. 

Offset factor - sets the offset for the following tessellation tolerance value 

depending on the previously created. 

Topology 

Create new - Rebuilds a completely new geometry based on the imported b- 

splines. 

Reuse existing if any - Refines the geometry according to the set tessellation 

settings. The new tessellation is based on the currently set tessellation in the 

imported data, if there is already a tessellation existing. 

No topology - does not tessellate geometries. 

Tolerance - aberration of the tessellated geometries from the b-splines. 

Check Orientation - ensures that normals of seamless patches are oriented to 

the same direction.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Render Options > Visualisation 

Visualisation 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 



Visualisation 


Background 

Misc 


Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Visualization 

Lighting 

Headlight - Sets the default setting for 

the headlight. 

Auto - Auto keeps the headlight 

ON by default until the first 

Truelight Shader is used. Then 

the Headlight will be set to OFF. 

On - Switches the headlight on 

by default. 

Off - Switches the headlight off 

by default. 

Use point headlight - Uses a Pointlight 

as headlight instead of a directional 

light. 

Correct two sided lighting - Renders all shaders double sided. 

Selection 

Wireframe - Draws wireframe of all selected objects. 

Color - Sets the wireframe color. 

Always in front - Draws the wireframe always on top of all objects, even if 

others cover the selected. 

Antialiasing 

Realtime Antiliasing - Activates by default the realtime antialiasing for 

OpenGL render-mode. 

Quality - Sets the realitme antialiasing quality for OpenGL mode: Low, Medium, 

High 

Still Antialiasing - Activates by default the Still antialiasing rendering for 

OpenGL and Raytracing Render mode. 

Enable after - Sets the duration of no user input, before still antialiasing starts 

calculating. 

High Quality - Sets a high quality override for antialiasing quality level. 

Display 

Gamma (r,g,b) - Sets the default display gamma values. 

Whitepoint - Sets the default display whitepoint value. 

Limit Near / Far plane - Sets the default near and far clipping plane. All 

objects closer to the camera than the near clipping plane distance will be clipped 

(not drawn anymore). All objects further away from the camera than the far 

clipping plane distance will be clipped( not drawn anymore). 

Navigation Help 

Show coordinate system - Renders a miniature coordinate system in the 

bottom left RenderView corner. 

z-up - Sets the z axis by default as up axis.

Show Navigation Cube - Renders the VRED-Navigation by default in the right 

top corner of the RenderView.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Render Options > Visualisation Advanced 






Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 



Visualisation 


Background 

Misc 


Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Misc 

Automatic clipping plane adaption - 

Adjust the clipping plane automatically 

to the visible objects boundig box. 

Software rendering - In OpenGL, the 

view is rendered by the processor 

instead of being calculated by the 

graphics processor. 

Disable cluster - Disables the 

clustering feature. Please restart VRED 

for the changes to take effect. 

Disable main thread sleep - Prevents 

the system of sending the main thread 

to sleep. 

Auto depth only pass - 

10 Bit RGB - The 10Bit RGB feature allows a wider color spectrum and should 

be used if you own a monitor that can display that data. 

Use back buffer - High framerates often cause so called "tearings", which can 

be avoided by activating the backbuffer. 

Caching 

Cache Geometry - Caching geometries improves the application`s performance. 

The caching process will therefore use additional memory (RAM). 

Cache Materials - Caching materials improves the application`s performance. 

The caching process will therefore use additional memory (RAM). 

Culling 

Occlusion culling - Disables the rendering of invisible objects. Occlusion culling 

can improve the performance in very complex scenes. 

SLI 

Mode 

Single GPU - Only one GPU is working in SLI Mode. 

Multiple GPU: Split Frame Rendering (SFR) - Two or more 

GPUs are rendering the scene using split frame rendering. 

Multiple GPU: Alternate Frame Rendering (AFR) - Two or 

more GPUs are rendering the scene using alternate frame 

rendering. 

Channel shift 

Channel (Red, Green, Blue, Alpha) - Sets an offset for a whole color channel. 

Offset X,Y - Sets the offset in pixels. 

OpenGL Extensions 

Ignore - Comma separated list of extensions to be ignored, e.g.

"GL_ARB_non_texture_power_of_two, GL_ARB_pixel_buffer_object"


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Render Options > Background 

Background 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 



Visualisation 


Background 

Gradient Background 

Misc 


Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

This chapter provides information about setting up the background of the Renderview.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Render Options > Misc 

Misc 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 



Visualisation 


Background 

Misc 


Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Misc 

Show PI-VR logo 

Activates the PI-VR Logo in RenderView.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Quit 

Quit 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Quit - Quits the application


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > New 

New 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

New 

Creates an empty new scene. the current scene will be closed.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Open 

Open 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Open 

Opens files. A dialog box will open up in which you can choose. One or more files can be 

selected. By default VRED supports the following file types besides it's native file type VPB: 

OSB 

OBJ 

FBX 

Maya (mb, ma) 

3ds 

FHS 

OSG 

SLP 

PY 

XML 

VRML 

POV and IV 

FBX (introduced with VRED 4.1)


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Add 

Add 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Add 

Adds files to the current scene. A dialog box will open up, in which the files to add can be 

selected. The file will be added in the Scenegraph as children of the currently selected node. If 

there is no node selected in the Scenegraph, then the added objects will become children of 

the root node. All objects of each added file are grouped in a group node. Imported file are 

marked dark blue in the scenegraph. 

When you merge projects, viewpoints will no longer be replaced nor deleted. With VRED 4.1, 

viewpoints are being preserved and further made available to you.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Save 

Save 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Save 

Saves the current file with its current file type and current name if supported.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Save as 

Save as 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Save as 

saves the current file. A dialog box will open up, in which the location, file type and name for 

saving can be selected. If no file ending is entered the file will be saved in the VRED native file 

type, VPB. 

VRED supports writing by default the following file types: 

OSB 

OBJ 

Maya (mb, ma) 

FHS 

OSG 

SLP 

PY 

XML 


POV and IV 

FBX (introduced with VRED 4.1) 

VRED now supports the storage of ICC color profiles in your project data, so 

that you can keep consistency in your whole workflow and between the devices 

you use regarding the color management. In this way you make sure that the 

colors you see on your workstation are the same you see on your private 

computer.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Save selected 

Save selected 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Save selected 

Saves the currently selected node(s) in a new file. A dialog box will open up, in which the 

location, file type and name for saving can be selected. If no file ending is entered the file will 

be saved in the VRED native file type, VPB. 


OSB 

OBJ 

Maya (mb, ma) 

FHS 

OSG 

SLP 

PY 

XML 


POV and IV.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Publish 

Publish 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Publish - Publishes a VRED project file (*.vpb) with validity start and expiry dates.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Save Package 

Save Package 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Save Package - Saves a VRED project file creating a subfolder including all textures and materials used 

within the project.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Open recent 

Open recent 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Open recent - Opens recently opened/modified files.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Import 

Import 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Inventor 

Cosmo binary 

Open Inventor 

(parametric) 

Sequences 

Variants 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Import 

With the import function additional file types and meta information can be added to the current scene. 

Sequences - A Sequence setup for the Sequencer Module can be added to the current scene. 

Variants - A Variants setup for the VariantsSets Module can be added to the current scene.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Export 

Export 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 

Switched Geometry 

CubeImages 

Images 

Movie 

Snapshot 

Sequences 

Variants 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

The export function provides information exporting images, movies, Sequencer batches and Variants.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Add VRML animation 







Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


VRML animations can be added to the current scene. Precondition is that the animated objects 

exist in the current file.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Optimize scene 







Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Optimizes the scene to improve the performance. Rendering speeds up and memory usage 

lowers after optimization. There are three different optimization algorithms. 

Optimize Geometries - Optimizes the geometry structure. 

Optimize/ Share Geometries - Optimizes the geometry structure and tries to 

share duplicated geometries. 

Merge/ Optimize/ Share Geometries - Changes the scenegraph structure to 

achieve a maximum of optimization.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Script 

Script 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

Script 

Run Script 

Undo 

Redo 

Clear Trash 



Show routes 


Selection 

Preferences 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Script 

Opens the Script Editor. In the Script Editor Python scripts can be written and executed in 

VRED Professional.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Run Script 

Run Script 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

Script 

Run Script 

Undo 

Redo 

Clear Trash 



Show routes 


Selection 

Preferences 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Run Script 

Executes the current script in the Script Editor.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Undo 

Undo 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

Script 

Run Script 

Undo 

Redo 

Clear Trash 



Show routes 


Selection 

Preferences 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Undo - Undo the last action.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Redo 

Redo 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

Script 

Run Script 

Undo 

Redo 

Clear Trash 



Show routes 


Selection 

Preferences 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Redo - Redo the last action.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Clear Trash 

Clear Trash 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

Script 

Run Script 

Undo 

Redo 

Clear Trash 



Show routes 


Selection 

Preferences 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Clear Trash - Clears the trash (cache for all types of objects that were deleted).


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Create Backplate 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

Script 

Run Script 

Undo 

Redo 

Clear Trash 



Show routes 


Selection 

Preferences 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Creates a Backplate. A dialog box will appear, where the backplate image can be selected. 

When a backplate is created the render option 'Backplate' will be activated. A Backplate 

Material will be created in the material editor. To change the backplate image, select a new 

texture in the Backplate Material in the Material Editor.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Delete Backplate 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

Script 

Run Script 

Undo 

Redo 

Clear Trash 



Show routes 


Selection 

Preferences 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


deletes all existing Backplates in the scene.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Show routes 

Show routes 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

Script 

Run Script 

Undo 

Redo 

Clear Trash 



Show routes 


Selection 

Preferences 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Show routes - When importing a VRML animation, the route viewer displays all routes in the animation.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Show shortcuts 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

Script 

Run Script 

Undo 

Redo 

Clear Trash 



Show routes 


Selection 

Preferences 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Show shortcuts - Shows a table of all keyboard shortcuts in VRED.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Selection 

Selection 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

Script 

Run Script 

Undo 

Redo 

Clear Trash 



Show routes 


Selection 

Make normals consistent 

Preferences 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Selection 

Additional selection option can be activated.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Preferences 

Preferences 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

Script 

Run Script 

Undo 

Redo 

Clear Trash 



Show routes 


Selection 

Preferences 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Preferences 

Opens the Preference Editor.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > View > Scenegraph 

Scenegraph 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Scenegraph - Turns the scenegraph on or off.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > View > Modules 

Modules 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Modules - Turns the modules on or off.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Display > Stereo settings 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 



Disabled 






Red/Cyan 

Blue/Yellow 

Green/Magenta 


Left eye 

Right eye 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Stereo Settings 

Opens the Editor for Stereo settings. 

Eye Seperation - Sets the viewer's eye left and right eye distance in 

millimeters. 

Zero parallax distance - Sets the viewer's focus distance.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Display > Powerwall settings 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 



Disabled 






Red/Cyan 

Blue/Yellow 

Green/Magenta 


Left eye 

Right eye 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Powerwall Settings 

Opens the Editor for Powerwall settings. 

Projection Window 

Height - Sets the projection window's height size. 

Distance -Sets the projection window's distance from the viewer. 

Enable Powerwall mode - Activates Powerwall Rendering. 

Width - Sets the projection window's width size.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Display > Disabled 

Disabled 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 



Disabled 






Red/Cyan 

Blue/Yellow 

Green/Magenta 


Left eye 

Right eye 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Disabled 

By default the stereo mode is set to disabled.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Display > Double buffered 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 



Disabled 






Red/Cyan 

Blue/Yellow 

Green/Magenta 


Left eye 

Right eye 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Activates double buffered rendering in OpenGL mode for stereo view when supported by the 

graphics board.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Display > Horizonal interlaced 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 



Disabled 






Red/Cyan 

Blue/Yellow 

Green/Magenta 


Left eye 

Right eye 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Horizontal interlaced 

Activates horizontal interlaced stereo rendering.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Display > Vertical interlaced 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 



Disabled 






Red/Cyan 

Blue/Yellow 

Green/Magenta 


Left eye 

Right eye 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Activates vertical interlaced stereo rendering.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Display > Left/right split 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 



Disabled 






Red/Cyan 

Blue/Yellow 

Green/Magenta 


Left eye 

Right eye 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Left/Right split 

The RenderView is split into two render areas. The left half of the RenderView draws the left 

eye's field of view, and the right half draws the right eye's field of view of the stereo 

rendering.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Display > Top/Bottom split 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 



Disabled 






Red/Cyan 

Blue/Yellow 

Green/Magenta 


Left eye 

Right eye 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


The RenderView is split into two render areas. The top half of the RenderView draws the left 

eye's field of view, and the bottom half draws the right eye's field of view of the stereo 

rendering.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Display > Red/Cyan 

Red/Cyan 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 



Disabled 






Red/Cyan 

Blue/Yellow 

Green/Magenta 


Left eye 

Right eye 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Red/Cyan 

Activates the Red/Cyan stereo rendering mode.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Display > Blue/Yellow 

Blue/Yellow 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 



Disabled 






Red/Cyan 

Blue/Yellow 

Green/Magenta 


Left eye 

Right eye 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Blue/Yellow 

Activated the Blue/Yellow stereo rendering mode.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Display > Green/Magenta 

Green/Magenta 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 



Disabled 






Red/Cyan 

Blue/Yellow 

Green/Magenta 


Left eye 

Right eye 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Green/Magenta 

Activates the Green/Magenta stereo rendering mode.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Display > Tridelity Multiview 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 



Disabled 






Red/Cyan 

Blue/Yellow 

Green/Magenta 


Left eye 

Right eye 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Tridelity Multi-View 

Activates a multi view (five view) stereo rendering mode, appropriate for Tridelity active stereo 

Displays and further comparable hardware.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Display > Left eye 

Left eye 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 



Disabled 






Red/Cyan 

Blue/Yellow 

Green/Magenta 


Left eye 

Right eye 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Left eye 

Activates only left eye's stereo rendering view.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Display > Right eye 

Right eye 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 



Disabled 






Red/Cyan 

Blue/Yellow 

Green/Magenta 


Left eye 

Right eye 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Right eye 

Activates only right eye's stereo rendering view.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Windows > New render window 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 


Trash 


Terminal 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

New Render Window 

Starts up a new render window. 

Caution: For any additional render window opened, the complete currently loaded scene, since 

the system is running in Open GL mode, will be loaded again into the graphics boards Random 

Access Memory. Ensure that the graphics board has enough memory available. 

In Raytracing rendering mode the frame rate might slow down, since the frame rate depends 

primarily on the amount of pixels to be rendered. If the amount of pixels of all render-windows 

summed up stay unchanged, the frame rate will also stay on a stable level.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Windows > Trash 

Trash 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 


Trash 


Terminal 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Trash 

Opens the trash window. Here all deleted nodes are listed. Clearing the trash reduces the 

memory used.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Windows > Undo/Redo history 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 


Trash 


Terminal 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Undo/Redo History 

Opens the Undo/Redo History window. Here all undo and redo operations are listed.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Windows > Terminal 

Terminal 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 


Trash 


Terminal 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Terminal 

Opens the Terminal Module. In the Terminal 

window info, warning and error messages are 

listed. The Terminal window has an entry line, 

in which python commands can directly been 

executed.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Appearance > Ambient Occlusion 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 



Light Editor 


Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Opens the Ambient Occlusion Module. Using the Ambient Occlusion Module ambient occlusion 

and indirect illumination can be pre calculated and pre rendered for usage in Open GL and 

Raytracing render mode. Read AmbientOcclusion Module. 

You can now save specific parameters regarding specific geometry. If you have several 

instances of the same geometry, you can easily load, and apply these saved parameters to 

these instances. It does not require you to remember those values anymore.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Appearance > Geometry Editor 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 



Light Editor 


Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

GeometryEditor 

Opens the GeometryEditor Module. Using the GeometryEditor Module a range of geometry 

optimizations depending on the geometry type (polygon or nurbs) can be executed. Read 

GeometryEditor Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Appearance > Light Editor 

Light Editor 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 



Light Editor 


Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

LightEditor 

Opens the LightEditor Module. Using the LightEditor Module linear lights sources can be created 

and edited. Light sources created with the LightEditor will be also listed in the scenegraph. 

Read LightEditor Module .


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Appearance > Material Editor 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 



Light Editor 


Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

MaterialEditor 

Opens the MaterialEditor Module. Using the MaterialEditor Module materials can be created, 

textures positioned and edited, material libraries been set up and EnvironmentSphere Materials 

defined for lighting and shading your objects. Read MaterialEditor Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Animation > Animation 

Animation 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Animation 

Clip Maker 

Curve Editor 

CameraEditor 

SAnimation 

Sequencer 

Transform 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Animation 

Opens the Animation Module. Using the Animation Module animation can be stored to initially 

be executed. Imported object, vertex or camera animations from other application are listed 

here and can be executed by Python scritps, attached to sensors, retimed and further more. 

Read Animation Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Animation > Clip Maker 

Clip Maker 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Animation 

Clip Maker 

Curve Editor 

CameraEditor 

SAnimation 

Sequencer 

Transform 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Clip Maker 

Opens the ClipMaker Module. Using the Clip Maker Module animations created in the 

CurveEditor Module and bounded in Blocks can be arranged in clips, retimed, adjusted and 

exported. Read ClipMaker Module and CurveEditor Module. 

VRED Professional 4.1 now supports the playback of Sequence sets in the sequencer module at 

any time. It enables you to start predefined sequences on specific frames during an animation. 

During playback you still have full control over the timing and focus in your presentation.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Animation > Curve Editor 

Curve Editor 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Animation 

Clip Maker 

Curve Editor 

CameraEditor 

SAnimation 

Sequencer 

Transform 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Curve Editor 

Opens the CurveEditor Module. Using the CurveEditor animations for all objects can be created. 

These animations can be stored in Blocks, to be rearranged in the ClipMaker Module, attached 

to sensors and be listed in Varaints of the VariantsSets Module. Read CurveEditor Module, 

ClipMaker Module, Animation Module, VariantsSets Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Animation > CameraEditor 

CameraEditor 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Animation 

Clip Maker 

Curve Editor 

CameraEditor 

SAnimation 

Sequencer 

Transform 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Camera 

Opens the Camera Module. Using the Camera Module all camera settings can be defined and 

adjusted. Read Camera Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Animation > SAnimation 

SAnimation 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Animation 

Clip Maker 

Curve Editor 

CameraEditor 

SAnimation 

Sequencer 

Transform 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

SAnimation 

Opens the SAnimation Module. In the SAnimation Module imported Deltagen animations are 

listed and can be executed. Read SAnimation Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Animation > Sequencer 

Sequencer 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Animation 

Clip Maker 

Curve Editor 

CameraEditor 

SAnimation 

Sequencer 

Transform 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Sequencer 

Opens the Sequencer Module. Using the Sequencer the user is able to set up processes which 

can be used on specific interactions in the application or as batch render setup. Read 

Sequencer Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Animation > Transform 

Transform 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Animation 

Clip Maker 

Curve Editor 

CameraEditor 

SAnimation 

Sequencer 

Transform 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Transform 

Opens the Transform Module. Using the Transform Module all object transformations can be set 

by specific entries. Object`s pivot can be adjusted. Read Transform Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Analyzer > Annotation 

Annotation 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Annotation 

Clipping 

Measurement 


Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Annotation 

Opens the Annotation Module. Using the Annotation Module annotations can be added to the 

scene. Read Annotation Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Analyzer > Clipping 

Clipping 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Annotation 

Clipping 

Measurement 


Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Clipping 

Opens the Clipping Module. Using the Clipping Module objects can be clipping for construction 

evaluation purposes. The Clipping Module offers a variety of clipping tools. Read Clipping 

Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Analyzer > Measurement 

Measurement 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Annotation 

Clipping 

Measurement 


Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Measurement 

Opens the Measurement Module. Using the Measurement Module distances between objects, 

points, edges and more can be evaluated. Read Measurement Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Analyzer > Temperature Simulation 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Annotation 

Clipping 

Measurement 


Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

TemperatureSimulation 

Opens TemperatureSimulation Module. Using the TemperatureSimulation Module temperature 

measurements can be made. Read TemperatureSimulation Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Variants > Variants 

Variants 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Variants 

Variants Sets 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Variants 

Opens the Variants Tool. In the Variants Tool variations of switch positions can be defined. 

Read Variants Tool.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Variants > Variants Sets 

Variants Sets 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Variants 

Variants Sets 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

VariantsSets 

Opens VariantsSets Module. In The VariantsSets Module complex variation setups can be 

defined and executed with a single initiator. Read VariantsSets Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Rendering > Cluster 

Cluster 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Cluster 





RenderLayer 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Cluster 

Opens Cluster Module. Using the Cluster Module all settings can be accessed to setup the 

different clustering modes VRED offers. Read Clustering Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Rendering > FinalRenderPass 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Cluster 





RenderLayer 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


The FinalRenderPass module allows you to use final render passes for left and right eye, using 

a config file and specific shader parameters.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Rendering > ProjectionBasedAugmentedReality 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Cluster 





RenderLayer 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Opens up the Projection based Augmented Reality module. This module allows you to configure 

and implement existing tracking and displaying systems for augmented reality.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Rendering > Post Processing 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Cluster 





RenderLayer 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Opens the PostProcessing Module. In the PostProcessing module realtime postprocessing effects 

can be added to the scene. Read PostProcessing Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Rendering > Render Quality Settings 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Cluster 





RenderLayer 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Opens the Raytracing Module. In the Raytracing Module all settings for raytraced rendering can 

be defined. Read Raytracing Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Rendering > RenderLayer 

RenderLayer 






Menus 

File 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Cluster 





RenderLayer 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

RenderLayer 

Opens the RenderLayer Module. Using the RenderLayer Module the scene can be split up into 

separate matching layers to be prepared for further refining in the post process. Read 

RenderLayer Module.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Custom 

Custom 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 


Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 


StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 


Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 


Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Custom - creates costum nodes. Enter the costum 

node name.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Group 

Group 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 


Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 


StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 


Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 


Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Group - creates a group node. When you need to 

move, scale or rotate multiple objects as one unit it is 

easier if they have been grouped together so that they 

transform as one unit.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Material Group 







Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 


Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 


StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 


Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 


Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Materialgroup - creates a Materialgroup node. All 

nodes, which are children of a Materialgroup node, 

will receive a material override flag. Even though they 

will keep their initial material assignment, as soon 

they become children of the Materialgroup node, they 

will be shaded in the RenderView with the 

Materialgroup`s material assignment.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Transform 

Transform 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 


Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 


StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 


Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 


Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Transform - creates a Transform node. A Transform 

node represents a transformation matrix for object 

transformations. All transformation parameters, for 

example transformation, rotation, scale..., are 

calculated into a single transform matrix.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Transform3D 

Transform3D 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 


Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 


StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 


Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 


Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Transform3D - creates a Transform3D node. 

A Transform3D node represents a range of 

transformation matrixes. Each matrix holds a specific 

transformation type. So there are three different 

matrixes for transformation, rotation and scale. When 

an object is transformed in VRED and it has 

no Transform3D node at that time, a Transform3D 

node will be created automatically.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Billboard 

Billboard 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 


Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 


StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 


Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 


Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Billboard - creates a Billboard node. A Billboard node 

can align its children to the camera. Billboard align 

axis can be set under Info->NodeEditor->Editor.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Switch 

Switch 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 


Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 


StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 


Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 


Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Switch - creates a Switch node. Switch nodes set 

only one of their children visible. The child to be set 

visible can be set under Info->NodeEditor->Editor. 

Switches can also be set in the Variants and 

VariantsSets Module.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > SwitchComponentTransform 







Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 


Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 


StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 


Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 


Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > StereoSwitch 

StereoSwitch 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 


Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 


StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 


Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 


Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

StereoSwitch - creates a StereoSwitch node. A 

StereoSwitch node can draw its first two children 

seperated from each other. While the first child is 

drawn on the left eye channel, the second child is 

drawn on the right eye channel. To activate the 

StereoSwitch activate any stereo render mode.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Hostswitch 

Hostswitch 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 


Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 


StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 


Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 


Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Hostswitch - creates a HostSwitch node. HostSwitch 

children can be rendered on a dedicated host 

computer. To enter the host computers name select 

Info->NodeEditor->Editor-> hostname.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > DistanceLOD 

DistanceLOD 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 


Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 


StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 


Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 


Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

DistanceLOD - creates a DistanceLOD node. Using a 

DistanceLOD the drawn children can be exchanged in 

dependence of the objects distance from the camera. 

Usually the DistanceLOD is used to reduce the 

geometry detail when the camera is far away from an 

object and raise the geometry details when the 

camera is close to an object by switching between 

different geometries. This keeps the frame rate high.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Directional Light 







Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 


Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 


StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 


Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 


Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

DirectionalLight - creates a DirectionalLight node. A 

DirectionalLight is a lightsource, which casts parallel 

light beams. Read Appearance-> LightEditor - 

>Create-> DirectionalLight.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Point Light 

Point Light 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 


Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 


StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 


Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 


Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

PointLight - creates a PointLight node. A PointLight is 

a lightsource, which casts light beams from a single 

point into all directions. Read Appearance-> 

LightEditor ->Create-> PointLight.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Spot Light 

Spot Light 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 


Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 


StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 


Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 


Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Spotlight - creates a SpotLight node. A SpotLight is a 

lightsource, which casts light beams from a single 

point to a specific direction. Read Appearance-> 

LightEditor ->Create-> SpotLight.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Sound 

Sound 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 


Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 


StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 


Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 


Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Sound - creates a Sound node. With a sound node 

sound files can be embedded into a scene. To enter 

the sound file`s source select Info->NodeEditor- 

>Editor-> SoundFile.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Sound Obstructor 







Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 


Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 


StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 


Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 


Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

SoundObstructor - creates a SoundObstructor node. 

A SoundObstructor node stops a sound file playing, 

when it is covered by the SoundObstructor in the 

RenderView.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Clip Plane 

Clip Plane 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Group 


Transform 

Transform3D 

Billboard 

Switch 


StereoSwitch 

Hostswitch 

DistanceLOD 


Point Light 

Spot Light 

Sound 


Clip Plane 

Custom 

Edit 

Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Clipplane - creates a clipping plane. A clipping plane 

is a border behind which objects will be clipped. All 

objects which are children of the Clipplane will be 

affected by the Clipplane. To move the Clipplane 

independent of its children select Info->NodeEditor- 

>Editor-> beacon and enter the 

ComponentTranform ID.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Rename 

Rename 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Rename - renames the selected node. Enter new 

node name. CRTL + R-


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Delete 

Delete 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Delete - deletes the selected nodes. DEL.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Filter 

Filter 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Filter - deletes the selected node without deleting the 

scene structure underneath the selected node.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Copy 

Copy 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Copy - copies the selected node and stores the nodes 

structures temporarily in the cache. CRTL + C


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Cut 

Cut 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Cut - cuts the selected objects out of the Scenegraph 

and stores the nodes structures temporarily in the 

cache. CRTL + X


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Paste 

Paste 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Paste - pastes the currently in the cache stored nodes 

into the Scenegraph. CRTL + V


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Paste clone 

Paste clone 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Paste clone - pastes the currently in the cache stored 

nodes into the Scenegraph as clone. Also known as a 

referenced object. Referenced objects are indicated by 

an underline. CRTL + SHIFT + V


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Clone 

Clone 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Clone - opens the clone dialog box. Using the clone 

function objects can be duplicated in the scene. 

Mirror - the duplicated object will be mirrored at the 

selected axis. 

Flush Matrix - the matrix used to position the mirrored 

objects will be deleted after mirroring. 

Deep copy - the duplicated objects will not reference 

to the original objects memory address. 

For each copy a new node structure will be created.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Unshare 

Unshare 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Unshare - Removes referenced connection. 

Referenced objects are indicated by an underline.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Merge geometry 







Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Merge geometry - merges separated geometries to 

one mesh. CRTL + M 

-Preconditions for merging objects: The objects are 

unshared (not referenced!), they have the same 

materials and are laying in the same group. 

-To merge objects the parent group have to be 

selected, only then all child objects will be merged.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Split geometry 







Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Split geometry - splits the selected object into 

several meshes. A dialog box will open. Set the 

maximum amount of triangles each resulting mesh 

may have.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Split geometry in triangles 







Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Split geometry in triangles - splits the selected 

object into triangles. This function is much faster than 

the Split geometry function. CRTL + SHIFT + T.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Unsplit geometries with one triangle 

Unsplit geometries with one triangle 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Unsplit geometries with one triangle - merges all 

triangles which are children of the selected node. This 

function is much faster than the Merge geometry 

function. CRTL + SHIFT + T.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Subdivide geometry 







Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Subdivide geometry - subdivides the selected 

geometry into more triangles. A dialog box will open. 

Enter the maximum edge length of the new triangles 

being created.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Group by material 







Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Group by material - groups the Scenegraph`s 

objects by assigned materials. Caution: The whole 

scenegraph structure will be rearranged.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Group selection 







Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Group selection - groups selected objects. A new 

group node will be created and all selected objects 

will be attached as children of the new node.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Optimize 

Optimize 






Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Optimize - opens the Optimize menu. The optimize 

functions help optimizing the scene and thereby 

raising the render performance. All optimization 

processes will be applied to the selected nodes and 

their children 

Filter 

Remove Points - removes all points. 

Remove Lines -removes all lines. 

Remove LODs (keep best quality)- removes 

all DistanceLOD nodes and keeps the first child. 

Remove LODs (keep lowest quality) -removes all DistanceLOD nodes and keeps the last 

child. 

Remove Switches - removes all Switch nodes. 

Remove degenerated polygons - removes all polygon nodes which cannot be drwan. 

Remove Vertex normals - removes all vertex normals. 

Remove Vertex Color #1 - removes all first vertex color information. 

Remove Vertex Color #2 - removes all second vertex color information. 

Remove Texturecoordinates #1 - #8 - each object node can have up to eight Texture UV 

sets. Each of them can be deleted separately from each other. 

Remove MaterialGroup nodes with no children - removes empty MaterialGroup nodes. 

Remove empty Geometry nodes - deletes empty geometry nodes. 

Remove identity Transform - removes identity Transform nodes. 

Remove invalid Texturecoordinates - deletes invalid texture coordinates. 

Flush/Unflush 

Flush Transformation nodes (adjust face normals) - converts Transform nodes to Group 

nodes and adjusts the face normals appropriate. 

Flush Transform nodes - converts Transform nodes to Group nodes. 

Flush MaterialGroup nodes - deletes MaterialGroup nodes. 

Flush Textgens - deletes texture uv layouts. 

Share 

Geometries - references duplicated and mirrored geometries. 

GeometryProperties - references duplicated geometry properties. 

Materials - references duplicated materials. 

Textures - references duplicated textures. 

BlendChunks - references duplicated BlendChunks. 

Optimization

Triangulate - triangulates all polygon meshes. Faces with four and more edges will be split in 

the appropriate number of triangles. 

TriangulateReIndex - triangulates all polygon meshes. Faces with four and more edges will 

be split in the appropriate number of triangles. The vertex indices will be reassigned. 

Octree - an octree structure will be created for selected objects. 

Merge materials - identical materials will be merged to one. 

Merge Geometry nodes - Geometries which fulfill all preconditions for merging will be 

merged. Read Scenegraph-> Edit ->Merge. 

Cleanup group nodes - Groups which have less than two children will be filtered. Read 

Scenegraph->Edit->Filter. 

Unify Vertices - identical vertices will be merged. 

Create indices - creates indices for objects if no indices are existing. 

Sort indices - sorts objects indices.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Optimize execute 







Scenegraph 


Create 

Edit 

Rename 

Delete 

Filter 

Copy 

Cut 

Paste 

Paste clone 

Clone 

Unshare 





triangle 




Optimize 


Convert to 


Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Optimize execute - executes the optimize process 

with the current optimize settings.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Additional Options 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 



Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Find - opens a dialog box. With the find function the MaterialEditor can be scanned to find a specified node. 

The node can be searched by using regular expression rules. 

Select Nodes - selects all geometry nodes with the selected material assigned. 

Add Nodes to Selection - adds all geometry nodes with the selected material assigned to the current 

objects selected. 

Add to material Library - adds selected material to the currently selected material library group. 

Apply to selected Nodes - assign selected material to the current objects selected. 

Apply Environment to all Materials - Select a SphereEnvironment Material or an Environment Switch 

Material. A dialog box opens. If no name is entered the selected SphereEnvironment Material or Environment 

Switch Material will be connected to all Truelight Materials in the scene. If a Sphere Environment Material`s 

or an Environment Switch Material`s name is entered the selected SphereEnvironment or Environment Switch 

Material will be connected to all Truelight Materials that are currently connected to the entered 

SphereEnvironment or Switch Environment Material. 

Scroll to Selected - centers the selected material in the MaterialEditor´s material lsit. 

Filter - the filter function displays the filtered node type in the MaterialEditor´s material list. 

Off - deactivates any filtering. 

EnvironmentMaterial - lists all Environment Materials. 

BRDFMaterial - lists all BRDF Materials. 

EnvironmenSwitchtMaterial - lists all Environment Switch Materials. 

ChunkMaterial - lists all Chunk Materials. 

SimpleMaterial - lists all Simple Materials. 

PhongMaterial - lists all Phong Materials. 

SwitchMaterial - lists all Switch Materials. 

MultipassMaterial - lists all Multipass Materials. 


CGFXMaterial - lists all CGFX Materials. 

Statistic - a dialog box opens. A brief MaterialEditor summery is listed. 

Number of Materials - displays the amount of materials used in the scene. 

Number of Textures - displays the amount of textures used in the scene. 

Texture Memory - displays the amount of memory used for all textures. 

Import Material Library - imports a material library. The material library must be saved as an osb or vpb 

file. 

Update - updates the MaterialEditor`s material list. All materials are listed alphabetically from top to bottom.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 

Unicolor Paint Material 

Metallic Paint Material 

Flip Flop Material 

Line Chrome Material 

Chrome Material 

Brushed Metal Material 

Plastic Material 

Reflective Plastic Material 

Triplanar Material 

Reflective Triplanar 

Material 

Carbon Material 

Carbon 2D Material 

Tire Material 

Glass Material 

Shadow Material 

Multipass Material 

Switch Material 

Glow Material 

SphereEnvironment 

Material 

EnvironmentSwitch 

Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Create Truelight Material - Creates new Truelight material.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Standard Materials 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 



Simple Materials 

Chunk Material 

CGFX Material 

Phong Material 

MultipassMaterial 

MergeMaterial 

SwitchMaterial 

Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

This chapter provides information about standard OpenGL shaders, available in VRED Professional.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Edit 

Edit 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 



Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Right-Klick on a material and choose edit. 

Copy - caches the selected material or chunk. 

Paste - pastes the currently cached material or chunk. 

Paste Clone - pastes the currently cached material or chunk as a referenced node. 

Rename - Renames the selected node. 

Delete - deletes the selected node. Only nodes which are unused (not ssigned to any object) can be deleted 

Duplicate - duplicates the selected material or chunk. 

Unshare - deletes material references. 

Share Materials - creates material references. 

Remove Unused Materials - deletes all materials, that are not unused, not assigned to any object or 

connected to any material bin. 

Reference Unused Materials - references unused materials to reduce memory usage. 

Optimize Materials - deletes all unused materials, references unused materials und optimizes textures. 

Optimize Textures - converts all RGB textures connected to channels, where only grayscale textures are 

needed to grayscale textures.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Convert 

Convert 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 



Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Phong - converts the selected node to a Phong material 

All to Phong - converts all materials to Phong materials 

To Truelight Material - converts selected material to the chosen Truelight material 

All to Truelight Material - converts all materials to Phong Truelight materials.


You are here: Modules > Animation Tab > Camera 

Camera 

Camera - in the Camera Module all 3D camera 

parameters can be set. 

View Parameters - in the View Parameters 

tab all 3D camera view settings can be set. 

Field of View - sets the camera´s 

vertical field of view angle measured in 

degrees. The Field of View parameter is 

directly connected to the focal length 

and sensor height parameter. 

Near Plane - sets the near clip plane 

measured in millimeters. All objects 

closer to the camera than the near clip 

plane will not be rendered. 

Far Plane - sets the far clip plane 

measured in millimeters. All objects 

further away from the camera than the 

far clip plane will not be rendered. 

Focal length - sets the virtual objective´s focal length in millimeter value 

depending on the set sensor height and the defined field of view. 

Sensor height - sets the sensor height in millimeters. 

Motion Blur - in the motion blur tab all motion blur settings scan be defined. 

Enable Motion Blur - activates motion blur rendering. 

Samples - sets the amount of minimum samples for the motion 

blur rendering. 

Duration - sets the blur duration time in seconds. The Duration 

parameter is directly inverse connected to the Shutter Time 

parameter. 

Shutter Time - sets the camera´s shutter time. 

Stereo Settings - Opens the Editor for Stereo settings. 

Eye Seperation - Sets the viewer´s eye left and right eye 

distance in millimeters. 

Zero parallax distance - Sets the viewer´s focus distance.

Transformation - in the Transformation tab all camera´s transform and orientation setting 

can be made. 

Translation X, Y, Z - sets the camera´s absolute position in x-, y- and z-axis. 

Rotation X, Y, Z - sets the camera´s orientation. The rotation values set the 

camera`s rotation from it`s initial orientation measured in degrees. 

Observer - the observer Module gives feedback about the camera´s position measured from 

the camera´s pivot position. 

Distance - sets the distance from the camera´s pivot position in millimeters. 

Direction - sets the camera´s orientation amount away from the x-axis direction 

in degrees. 

Height - sets the height distance from the camera´s pivot position. 

Apply - sets the camera to the entered position and orientation values. 

Reset - sets the camera to its initial position.


You are here: Modules > Appearance Tab > Geometry Editor > Normals 

Normals 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 




Normals 

Tesselation 

Decore 

Light Editor 

Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Normals 

The Normals Tab contains all functionalities to 

modify and correct geometries' face and vertex 

normals. 

Calc vertex Normals 

Crease Angle - The Crease Angle sets 

the smoothness of all vertex normals of 

an object. The less the degree angle is 

entered the harder the vertex normals are set. A value of 0 degrees let a 

geometry appear facetted. A value of 45 degrees let a geometry appear smooth. 

Calculate - Calculates the vertex normals 

Make face and vertex normals consistent - 

Swap normals 

Face - Swaps the face normals of the selected geometry. 

Vertex - Swaps the vertex normals of the selected geometry. 

Face and Vertex - Swaps face and vertex normals 

Length 

Normalize Normals - Normalizes the length of normals 

Special 

Swap only mirrored geometry normals - 

Swap only non-mirrored geometry normals - 

Adjacency Selection 

Crease angle - 

Select - 

Crease Angle 0°

Crease Angle 45° 

Make Face and Vertex normals consistent: 

Sometimes the geometries' face and vertex normals are facing to different directions. This button sets face 

and vertex normals to one direction. 

Face and vertex normals are consistent and facing 

towards the camera direction 


away from the camera direction 

Face and vertext normals are inconsistent. The 

vertex normal faces towards the camera direction 

and the face normal faces away from the camera 

direction.

Face and vertext normals are inconsistent. The face 

normal faces towards the camera direction and the 

vertex normal faces away from the camera direction. 

Swap normals: 

Face: 

Swaps the direction of face normals of the selected geometry. 

Vertex: 

Swaps the direction of vertex normals of the selected geometry. 

Face and Vertex: 

Swaps the direction of vertex and face normals of the selected geometry. 

Length: 

Normalize Normals: 

Normalizes the length of face and vertex normals to a value of 1. This represents the length of the unit 

vector. 

Special: 

Swap only mirrored geometry normals: 

Swaps the face- and vertex normals of instanced geometry. 

Swap only non-mirrored geometry normals: 

Swaps the face- and vertex normals of non-instanced geometry 

Adjacency Selection: 

The crease angle value defines the maximum degree of face normals of a triangle. 

With this function, all triangles will be selected, which have a less tolerance to their neighbor triangles lower 

than the entered degree value. This function can be used to seperate multiple merged component parts of 

one mesh. 

Examples 

Crease angle 15°


Crease angle 30°


You are here: Modules > Appearance Tab > Geometry Editor > Tesselation 

Tesselation 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 




Normals 

Tesselation 

Decore 

Light Editor 

Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Tesselation 

The tessellation tab provides the functionality for 

retessellation of surface (NURBS) data in the Scene. 

Tolerance - The tolerance value defines 

the maximum approximation for 

smoothness of tessellated geometry. 

The lower the vaule, the smoother the 

result and the higher the polygon count. 

Re-Tesselate - Re-tesselates the 

object regarding the tolerance value. 

Convert to convex primitives - 

Converts non-convex primitives to 

convex primitives.


You are here: Modules > Appearance Tab > Geometry Editor > Decore 

Decore 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 




Normals 

Tesselation 

Decore 

Light Editor 

Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Decore 

The decore function removes geometry 

inside other geometry. Scews and 

mountings inside a door covering for 

example ,will be removed after applying 

this function. The virtual camera flies 

around the selected Object, takes 

screenshots and removes all non visible 

geometry. 

Quality 

Resolution - The 

resolution defines the the 

resolution of the taken 

screenshots. The higher 

the value, the more 

precise the result. 

Steps - The steps define 

the amount of taken 

screenshots. The higher 

the value, the more 

precise the result. 

Important: Changing 

the values may result 

in longer calculation 

times. 

Normals 

Correct wrong normals 

- Faulty normals will be 

corrected. 

Removal 

Disabled - Nothing will 

be removed. 

Object level - Hidden 

objects will be completely 

removed. 

Polygon level - Hidden 

polygons will be 

completely removed. 

Start decore - Starts the decore 

process.


You are here: Modules > Info Tab > Node Editor > Attachment 

Attachment 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Node Editor 

Info 

Editor 

Attachment 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Attachment 

Offers the possibilty to add custom attributes with 

custom values to a node.


You are here: Modules > Info Tab > Node Editor > Info 

Info 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Node Editor 

Info 

Editor 

Attachment 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Info 

The Info Tab provides all information about the 

current selected node in the scene graph. 

Name - Displays the Name of the selected 

Node 

Triangles - Displays the amount of triangles of 

the selected geometry node 

Texture Memory - Displays the amount of the 

texture memory consumption of the selected nodes. 

Bounding Box Min - Describes the least value of the surrounding box of a geometry node 

Bounding Box Max - Describes the biggest value of the surrounding box of a geometry node 

Id - Displays the ID of the current selected nodes in the scene graph. 

Vertices - Displays the amount of vertices of the selected geometry node.


You are here: Modules > Info Tab > Node Editor > Editor 

Editor 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Node Editor 

Info 

Editor 

Attachment 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Editor 

In the Editor you have access to all attributes 

of the currently selected node. It offers the 

possibility to change values for all attributes 

and dependencies for the selected node. 

Important: Only experienced users should alter 

values in the editor.


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > Cluster > Misc 

Misc 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Cluster 

Projection 

Options 

Servers 

Servers2 

Misc 


Postprocesing 


Renderlayer 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Misc - Miscellaneous settings regarding clustering. 

Edge Blending - Turns on / off edge blending. 

Please define the values comma separated like 

the following (Gamma) 

r, g, b 

Hide taskbar - Hides the taskbar. 

Create desktop - 

Network connection test 

Start - Starts the network connection test 

Terminate all clusterServer 

Start - Terminates all clusterServer 

Get Network HostIDs 

Start - Collects all Network HostIDs.


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > Cluster > Projection 

Projection 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Cluster 

Projection 

Options 

Servers 

Servers2 

Misc 


Postprocesing 


Renderlayer 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Projection - defines the way you want to project the 

scene. 

Powerwall mode 

Cols - Defines the amount of colums of 

the powerwall. 

Rows - Defines the amount of rows of 

the powerwall. 

Stereo Mode - Defines whether you 

want to render in stereo mode or not. 

Values: Mono, Passive Stereo, Active Stereo, Passive Stereo (dual 

port) 

Pipe resolution - Defines the resolution of one pipe (e.g. one display) 

Pipe overlap - Defines the overlap of one pipe to another. 

Pipe offset - Defines the offset of one pipe. 

Camera aspect - 

Servers - Defines the servers you want to use to render the scene. (Default: 

"localhost") 

Custom - You can define separate pipes for the scene. We recommend using the wizard to 

create new pipes and viewports. 

Add pipe - Adds a new pipe 

Add vp - Adds a new viewport 

Clone vp - Clones the selected viewport 

Del - Deletes the selected object 

Clear - Clears all pipes and viewports. 

Number of rows - Specifies the number of rows. 

Wizard - Starts the wizard which guides you through the process of defining a 

new pipe. 

Load - Loads your presets for clustering from a xml-file. 

Add - Adds a new clusteringpreset to the scene. 

Save - Saves your current definitions into an xml-file. 

Stop - Stops the clustering service. 

Start - Starts the clustering service. 

SortFirst - Starts the clustering service in SortFirst Mode. 

Servers - Here you define your clustering slaves. You can use hostnames as 

well as IPs to access the slaves. Important: All slaves need the same VRED 

version to work together properly. Please use the "License check" feature to 

make sure all slaves have the same version installed. 

Balancing Mode - defines the load balancing mode of the clustering service. 

You can choose between: 

Static multi horizontal span - All jobs are equally divided for all 

slaves.

Dynamic multi horizontal span - Jobs are being divided for all 

slaves, load is being balanced regarding the computing power of 

each slave. 

Mosaic mode - Mosaic mode splits the scene into a mosaic, 

assigning each mosaic tile to one slave. 

Show - Shows/hides the clustering grid. 

Mosaic Mode - Defines the mosaic mode you want to use. Values are: 

Simple, Tiled Block, Full Block 

Mosaic Tile Size - Defines the mosaic tile size in pixels. 

Mosaic Packages - Defines the size of the mosaic packages. 

Pixel format - Defines the pixel format. You can choose between: 

RGB, YUV, RGBE, DXT 

Compression Mode - Turns on/off compression mode of the data stream 

between all slaves. 

License check - Checks if all defined cluster slaves have a compatible VRED 

version installed. 

Load - Loads a clustering preset from a xml-file. 

Add - Adds a clustering preset from a xml-file to your current settings. 

Save - Saves your clustering settings to a xml-file. 

Stop - Stops the clustering mode. 

Start - Starts the clustering mode.


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > Cluster > Options 

Options 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Cluster 

Projection 

Options 

Servers 

Servers2 

Misc 


Postprocesing 


Renderlayer 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Options 

Stereo 

Eye Separation - Defines the eye 

separation in millimeters. 

Zero Parallax Distance - In short 

terms, the zero parallax distance 

specifies the distance from viewer to the 

surface of the display. 

Network 

Connection type - Defines the connection type. Values are: 

Stream, pipeline, multicast 

Connection parameters - Defines specific connection parameters. Default is 

"TTL=8" 

Service address - 

Multicast group - 

Network card ip - 

Direct connection on port - Defines the port on which you will try to connect 

to. 

Rendering 

Color correction - Turns color correction on or off. 

Balancing - Turns load balancing on or off. 

Antialiasing mode - Defines the antialising samples. 

Hardware sync - Sets the hardware synchronisation. Values are: 

No sync, sync cluster, sync cluster & application 

Load - Loads a clustering preset from a xml-file. 

Add - Adds a clustering preset from a xml-file to your current settings. 

Save - Saves your clustering settings to a xml-file. 

Stop - Stops the clustering mode. 

Start - Starts the clustering mode.


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > Cluster > Servers 

Servers 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Cluster 

Projection 

Options 

Servers 

Servers2 

Misc 


Postprocesing 


Renderlayer 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Servers - Checks the state of the servers installed. 

No Autostart - No server is started 

automatically. 

Cluster Service - The servers are startet via 

the special clusterService daemon. You should 

install this daemon as a service on windows 

and as a daemon on unix. If you have a 

working rsh daemon on the the cluster 

machines you can also start/stop the daemons 

with the buttons below. 

Show state - Checks the states of the servers installed. 

User - Sets the user that will be used to start/stop the servers. 

Daemon - Defines the path to the clusterservice. 

Start - Starts the server. 

Stop - Stops the server. 

RSH - Sets the specific RSH daemon options. 

Start - Defines the path to the clusterservice as well as the suffix to start the 

service. 

Stop - Defines the path to the clusterservice as well as the suffix to stop the 

service. 

Note: If the VRED_ROOT environment variable is not set on the cluster machines 

then replace $VRED_ROOT with the absolute VRED installation path on the 

cluster machines. 

%s is replaced with the server names. 

%p is replaced with the cluster parameters. 

For the servers names in your powerwall configuration you have to use the 

servers hostname!


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > Cluster > Servers2 

Servers2 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Cluster 

Projection 

Options 

Servers 

Servers2 

Misc 


Postprocesing 


Renderlayer 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Servers2 - Additional settings 

Start script - Defines the start script. Default is 

"$VRED_ROOT/bin/startServers" 

Stop script - Defines the stop script. Default is 

"$VRED_ROOT/bin/stopServers"


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > Postprocesing > PostFX 

PostFX 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Cluster 


Postprocesing 

PostFX 


Renderlayer 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

PostFX 

Important: Post Effects are only available in 

OpenGL mode 

Glow 

Size - The Glow size determines the 

surrounding glow size of an object. 

Intensity - The Glow intensity determines the brightness of the glow. 

See Material Attributes --> Glow to adjust the Glowintensitiy individually for 

each material 

Glare 

Size - Determines the Glare Size 

Threshold - Determines the threshold of the brightness of a pixel where the 

glare effect starts 

Intensity - The Glare intensity determines the brightness of the glare. 

Streaks - Streaks determine the maximum count of streaks. Higher values 

appear like stars 

Rotation: Streaks can be rotated in a specified angle.


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > Render Quality Settings > Antialiasing 

Antialiasing 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Cluster 


Postprocesing 


Antialiasing 


Renderlayer 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Antialiasing 

Antialiasing Settings: 

Max Image Samples - Sets the 

maximum of samples per Pixel. A higher 

value results in a higher image quality, 

but increases the calculation time. 

Adaptive Sampling 

Preview Quality - Sets the 

sampling qualities on a very low level, resulting in preview render 

quality and very short render times. 

Low Quality - Sets the sampling quality on a low level, resulting 

in average render quality and short render times. 

Medium quality - Sets the sampling quality on a medium level, 

resulting in good render quality and medium render times. 

High Quality - sets the sampling quality on a high quality level. 

Ultra High Quality - Sets sampling quality on a production 


Use Clamping Value - Activates clamping for very bright pixels, to eliminate 

white spots after aliasing. The value sets the maximum multiplier for a white 

pixel. Activating clamping and reducing the multiplier will reduce the maximum 

resulting image color range. 

Pixel Filter 

Filter - VRED offers different filter algorithm for sampling. 


Width - The pixel filter width defines how many neighboring pixels in width will 

be taken in account to for sampling. 

Height - The pixel filter height defines how many neighboring pixels in height 

will be taken in account to for sampling. 

Features 

Enable Motion Blur - Enables the motion blur effect. Geometry with enabled 

motion blur will blur out as desired. 

Enable Depth of field - Depth of field can be activated here.


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > Render Quality Settings > Render Quality Settings 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Cluster 


Postprocesing 


Antialiasing 


Renderlayer 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Quality 

Illumination Mode: The lighting mode for 

materials are overridden for interactive and still 

frame antialiasing. Four modes are available 

Precomputed Illumination - No light 

samples are calulated. 

Sample direct light - Direct light 

samples are calculated 

Sample indirect light - Indirect light samples are calculated 

Full global illumination - both light sample types, direct and indirect, are 

calculated 

Reflection/Refraction Sampling Quality 

Interactive Quality - Sets the interactive sampling quality of reflections and 

refractions. 

Still Frame Quality - Sets the still frame sampling quality of reflections and 

refractions. 

IBL Sampling Quality 

Interactive Quality - Sets the interactive IBL sampling quality. 

Still Frame Quality - Sets the still frame IBL sampling quality. 


Max Reflection Depth - Sets the maximum amount of reflection each ray may 

encounter. 

Max Refraction Depth - Sets the maximum amount of refraction each ray may 

encounter. 

Max Shadow Depth - Sets the maximum amount of shadow samples. 

Threshold - Sets the minimum pixel value for calculation interruption.


You are here: Modules > Terminal 

Terminal 

Terminal 

The Terminal Module gives the user different types of 

application status information. The user is informed 

about runtime status, function warnings and errors. 

Single lined python commands can be entered and 

executed directly in the Terminal module.


You are here: Modules > Appearance Tab > Light Editor 

Light Editor 

The LightEditor provides all functionalities for creating 

an manipulating all available light sources in VRED 

Per default the headlight is the only light source. It 

will be automatically disables if new light sources are 

created. 

Three different light types are available : 

Directional Light: 

A directional light has no origin. It is an infinite 

light with one direction. It is often used to 

simulate outdoor lighting like sunlight, 

Spotlight: 

A spotlight is the most common light source to 

light a scene. It is a directional light with an 

origin and has a cone angle which 

defines the hard lit areas and a penumbra 

angle which defines the soft lit areas. 

Point Light: 

A Point light is a non direction light with a point as an origin. Light is emitted to all directions. 

Common parameters: 

Object: 

Name: Sets the name for the selected light 

Type: Changes the light source type 

Enabled: Enables light source or disables it. 

Local lighting: Activating this feature provides light sources to function as a 

local light. Only geometry inside the light source node will be lit. This enables 

the user to set a more sophisticated lighting of the scene 

Visualization: 

Show all lights: Unhides all available light source geometries in the scene for 

visual feedback and interactive transformation actions like scale, rotate and 

translate. 

Hide all lights: Hides all available light source geometries in the scene. 

Scale: 

Scales the light source geometry in the Scene for better visual feedback. 

Color: 

Ambient: Defines the ambient color of a light. This is the color in the dark areas 

of an object. This is usually the color where no light is received. 

Diffuse: Diffuse color is the color of the light of a diffuse reflection (the type of 

reflection that is characteristic of light reflected from a dull, non-shiny surface). 

A diffuse color attribute specifies the color of the light diffusely reflected by the 

objects to which it is assigned. 

Specular: Specular color is the color of the light on shiny surfaces. 

Intensity: Changes the light intensity. Higher values result in brighter lighting.

Shadow: 

Intensity: Changes the intensity of casted Shadows. 

Shadow Quality: 

Sets the shadow quality for interactive visual feedback and for final render 

quality. 

This parameter works only in raytracing mode. 

Important: Setting this parameter to high values, increases calculation 

time. 

Shadow Map Resolution: 

Sets the quality for OpenGL shadow maps. Higher values increase the quality. 

Position/Direction: 

Use Camera: Sets the Light position and direction to the current camera 

position snd direction. 

Create: Creates a new light source. Three different types are available: 

- Directional Light 

- Spot Light 

- Point Light 

Delete: deletes the selected light source 

Rename: The user have the possibility to rename light sources. 

Change Type: Converts existing light sources to different light source types. 

Light specific parameters: 

Spotlight: 

Cone Angle: It is the angle, in degrees, from one edge of the light's beam to the 

opposite edge. 

Penumbra Angle: The Penumbra Angle controls the falloff, in degrees, of the 

edges of the beam. This can be a positive or negative value. 

If it's positive, the falloff will occur from the edge of the light determined by the 

cone angle, outward by the penumbra angle. Therefore, if the Cone Angle is set 

to 30° and the Penumbra Angle is set to 5°, the light has a total angle of 40° (30 

+ 5 + 5 - that is 5 degrees on each side). The beams falloff would begin at 30 

degrees and would fall off to an intensity of 0 at 40 degrees. 

Light Attenuation: Sets the Falloff of the light intensity. 



of light) 





Area Light: 

Use realistic Falloff: Sets the Falloff behavior of an area light to quadratic. 

Size: Sets the area light size in mm. The Bigger the light, the brighter. Sets the 

shape to a rectangular area light. 

Pointlight: 

Light Attenuation: Sets the Falloff of the light intensity. 

Three values are available:


of light) 





Area Light: 

Use realistic Falloff: Sets the Falloff behavior of an area light to quadratic. 

Size: Sets the area light size in mm. The Bigger the light, the brighter. Sets the 

shape to a sphere area light. 

Additional context menu right mouse button in light sources stack): 

Right mouse context menu --> create: Creates new light sources (directional, sport or 

point light) 

Right mouse context menu --> rename: renames the currently selected light source 

Right mouse context menu --> delete: deletes the currently selected light 

source 

Right mouse context menu --> select all: selects all available light sources in the 

stack. 

Right mouse context menu --> deselect all: removes the selection on all light sources 

Right mouse context menu --> invert selection: inverts the current selection 

Right mouse context menu --> find: opens a new window for searching specific light 

sources by name (REGEX are supported) 

Right mouse context menu --> select node: selects the marked light source in the 

scenegraph 

Right mouse context menu --> scroll to selected: focuses the selected light source in the 

scenegraph 

Right mouse context menu --> switch on: enables selected light source 

Right mouse context menu --> switch off: disables selected light source. 

Right mouse context menu --> toggle: toggles the state of the selected light source 

(on/off) 

Right mouse context menu --> change type: changes the type of the selected lightsource 

Right mouse context menu --> validate: Validates all lights and updates all lights in the 

scenegraph


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Export > Movie/Image > Image 

Image 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

Cube Image 

Movie/Image 

Image 

Movie 

Signature 

Snapshot 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Image 

Resolution - Sets resolution preset for 

snapshot rendering. 

Dpi - Sets dot per inch resolution for snapshot 

rendering. 

Size - Calculates image size in millimeters. 

Supersampling - Sets supersampling preset 

for snapshot rendering. 

Compression quality - sets file compression 

quality. 

-1 = file compression 

1 = best compression/ 

lowest quality 

100 = lowest compression/ best quality 

Export image with alpha channel - Preset for image alpha export. 

Stereo Mode - Preset for stereo mode. 

Available stereo modes: 

- Mono 

- Stereo 

- 5 Eye Stereo 

- 9 Eye Stereo 

Add signature - adds signature to rendered image. 

Show rendered image after saving - opens rendered image in viewer after rendering has 

completed. 

Single image viewer window - 

Ignore aspect ratio - fits Renderview window into snapshot render resolution gate. 

Export tiff in HDR format - exports TIF files as HDR images (32bit).


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Export > Movie/Image > Movie 

Movie 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

Cube Image 

Movie/Image 

Image 

Movie 

Signature 

Snapshot 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Movie 

Start frame - sets start frame position preset 

for image sequence rendering. 

Stop frame - sets end frame position preset 


Frames per second - sets frame rate preset 


Resolution - sets resolution preset for image 

sequence rendering. 

Supersampling - sets supersampling preset 


Export as 

Images - renders movie as image 

sequence. 

AVI movie - renders movie into AVI-file. 

Add signature - adds signature to rendered image files. 

Ignore aspect ratio - fits Renderview window into snapshot render resolution gate. 

Export image with alpha channel - preset for image alpha export.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Export > Movie/Image > Signature 

Signature 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

Cube Image 

Movie/Image 

Image 

Movie 

Signature 

Snapshot 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Signature 

Position X/Y - sets start position for 

signature. 

Font Size - sets font size for signature. 

Color - sets font color for signature. 

Comment - adds signature comment. 

Add filename - adds file name to signature. 

Add date - adds date to signature. 

Add time - adds current time to signature.


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Export > Movie/Image > Snapshot 

Snapshot 





Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

Cube Image 

Movie/Image 

Image 

Movie 

Signature 

Snapshot 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 




Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Snapshot 

Path - Defines the path for all plain viewport 

snapshots (no renderings). Default: C:\vredsnapshots


You are here: Using VRED Professional > Preferences > Render Options > Background > Gradient Background 






Interface 

Terminal 

Script Editor 


Selection 

Transform 


Preferences 

Camera 


Devices 

Export 

FileIO 


Import 

Main Window 


Navigator 

Plugins 



Visualisation 


Background 


Misc 


Script 

Selection 


Transform 

WebInterface 


Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


In the Gradient Background menu the RenderView background color can be set. The color is 

defined as a gradient, which will change its color value according to the specified color at the 

specified positions. The color is defined in RGB and the position from bottom to top in a value 

range from 0 to 1. 

Color - The color can be set with the color chooser or by a direct entry of values 

between 0 and 1 for each channel (RGB). 

Position - the position value defines the position from bottom to top for each 

color. Entry value must be between 0 and 1. 

Add - Adds a new color value will be added. 

Delete - deletes the selected color. 

Choose color - opens the color choose to set the color for the currently selected 

entry.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Import > Inventor 

Inventor 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Inventor 

Cosmo binary 

Open Inventor 

(parametric) 

Sequences 

Variants 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Inventor - Imports Inventor data (*.iv, *.wrl)


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Import > Cosmo binary 

Cosmo binary 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Inventor 

Cosmo binary 

Open Inventor 

(parametric) 

Sequences 

Variants 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Import cosmo binary - Imports cosmo binaries (*.csb, *.rtx, *.wrl, *.xml)


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Import > Open Inventor (parametric) 

Open Inventor (parametric) 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Inventor 

Cosmo binary 

Open Inventor 

(parametric) 

Sequences 

Variants 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Open Inventor (parametric) - Imports parametric Inventor data (*.iv)


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Import > Sequences 

Sequences 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Inventor 

Cosmo binary 

Open Inventor 

(parametric) 

Sequences 

Variants 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Sequences - Imports XML Sequences descriptions (*.xml)


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Import > Variants 

Variants 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Inventor 

Cosmo binary 

Open Inventor 

(parametric) 

Sequences 

Variants 

Export 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Variants - Imports XML variant descriptions (*.xml)


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Export > Switched Geometry 







Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 


CubeImages 

Images 

Movie 

Snapshot 

Sequences 

Variants 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Switched Geometry - Exports Switched Geometry data (*.osb)


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Export > CubeImages 

CubeImages 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 


CubeImages 

Images 

Movie 

Snapshot 

Sequences 

Variants 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

CubeImages 

A dialog box appears, where the location for saving the cube image can be selected. The cube 

image render settings can be set in the Preferences Editor.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Export > Images 

Images 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 


CubeImages 

Images 

Movie 

Snapshot 

Sequences 

Variants 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Images 

A dialog box with the image export settings appears. The current Renderview will be rendered 

with the settings set in the Image Export dialog box. 

Resolution - Sets the image diameter in pixels in width and height. 

Dpi - Dots per inch. Defines the embedded image resolution dot per inch. 

Size - Calculates the resulting image size in mm depending on the dpi and pixel 

resolution. 

Supersampling Sets the supersampling quality for rendering. Off, Low, 

Medium or High. 

Export image with alpha channel - Activates alpha channel rendering. The 

alpha channel will be embedded into the resulting image, if the file type supports 

alpha channel. The alpha channel color can be separately selected. 

Premultiply Alpha - Renders the alpha channel premultiplied. 

Show Snapshot Frame - Draws a yellow frame into the RenderView, indicating 

the target image to be rendered. 

Export Renderpasses - Activates rendering with render passes. All activated 

render passes will be rendered and saved at a time.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Export > Movie 

Movie 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 


CubeImages 

Images 

Movie 

Snapshot 

Sequences 

Variants 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Movie 

A dialog box with the image export settings appears. All currently activated animations will be 

rendered with the settings set in the Image Export dialog box. 

Start frame - Sets the start frame of the sequence to be rendered. 

Stop frame - Sets the end frame of the sequence to be rendered. 

Frames per second - Sets the frame rate for the image sequence. 


Supersampling - Sets the supersampling quality for rendering. Off, Low, Medium or High. 

Export image with alpha channel - Activates alpha channel rendering. The alpha channel 

will be embedded into the resulting image, if the file type supports alpha channel. The alpha 

channel color can be separately selected. 


Show Snapshot Frame - Draws a yellow frame into the RenderView, indicating the target 

image to be rendered. 

Export Renderpasses - Activates rendering with render passes. All activated render passes 

will be rendered and saved at a time.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Export > Snapshot 

Snapshot 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 


CubeImages 

Images 

Movie 

Snapshot 

Sequences 

Variants 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Snapshot - Exports a snapshot of the viewport to the snapshot folder you specified in the preferences.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Export > Sequences 

Sequences 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 


CubeImages 

Images 

Movie 

Snapshot 

Sequences 

Variants 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Sequences 

All sequences set in the Sequencer Module will be saved in a separate xml file.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Export > Variants 

Variants 






Menus 

File 

New 

Open 

Add 

Save 

Save as 

Save selected 

Publish 

Save Package 

Open recent 

Import 

Export 


CubeImages 

Images 

Movie 

Snapshot 

Sequences 

Variants 



Quit 

Edit 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 

Variants 

All variants set in the VariantsSet Module will be saved in a separate xml file.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Selection > Make normals consistent 







Menus 

File 

Edit 

Script 

Run Script 

Undo 

Redo 

Clear Trash 



Show routes 


Selection 


Preferences 

View 

Display 

Windows 

Appearance 

Animation 

Analyzer 

Variants 

Rendering 

Tracking 

Info 

Help 

Icons tab 

Scenegraph 

Modules 

Search 

Send Question 


Select with ALT + Left Mouse Click to makes the vertex and face normals of each selected 

object consistent.


You are here: Modules > Appearance Tab > Ambient Occlusion 


In VRED the Ambient Occlusion Calculation is a 

preprocess and takes place during the data 

preparation. The calculated Ambient Occlusion results 

will be baked on the geometries vertices. The 

smoothness of the Ambient Occlusion depends on the 

level of detail of a geometry. Therefore VRED offers 

several ways to increase the quality on low level 

geometries, like subdividing triangles and predefined 

quality presets. 

Ambient Occlusion is a sophisticated calculation 

method which simulates soft global illumination by 

faking darkness perceived in corners and at mesh 

intersections, creases, and cracks, where light is 

diffused (usually) by accumulated dirt and dust. This 

has the effect of darkening cracks, corners and points 

of contact. 

Ambient Occlusion is a specific not-physically-accurate 

rendering trick. It basically samples a hemisphere 

around each point on the face, sees what proportion of 

that hemisphere is occluded by other geometry, and 

shades the pixel accordingly. Its got nothing to do 

with light at all, its purely a rendering trick that 

tends to look nice because generally in real life surfaces that are close together (like small cracks) will be 

darker than surfaces that dont have anything in front of them, because of shadows, dirt, etc. The Ambient 

Occlusion process though is approximating this result, its not simulating light bouncing around or going 

through things. Thats why Ambient Occlusion still works when no lights are in the scene. 

Important: Only selected Objects will be calculated. All other visible Objects in the scene are taken into 

account. 

Presets: Loads and saves Ambient Occlusion presets. Additional presets can be added or removed 

Global Illumination --> Shadow Quality: Defines the direct shadow quality of the Ambient Occlusion. 

5 Presets are Available: 


- Low Quality 




Min Distance: Sets the minimum distance where objects will be taken into account for the Ambient 

Occlusion calculation. This value defines total black areas where full occlusion takes place. 

Max Distance: Sets the maximum distance where objects will be taken into account or the Ambient 

Occlusion calculation. This value defines total white areas where no occlusion takes place. 

This value can also be seen as the maximum expansion of the virtual hemisphere. 

All numeric values represent mm as units.

Important: The total calculation time depends on the complexity of the Scene and of the chosen Shadow 

Quality Preset. 

Indirect Illumination: 

The Indirect Illumination checkbox enables an additional Calculation of indirect light bounces which increases 

the quality of the final result. 

5 different Presets are available: 


- Low Quality 




Enable Color Bleeding: 

Color bleeding enables the transfer of color between nearby objects, caused by the colored reflection of the 

indirect illumination option. 

color bleeding causes a white wall close to a red wall to appear pink because it receives red light from 

the wall. 

Number of Indirections: the number of indirections defines how many light bounces are calculated. The 

default value is one with means that only one light bounce is calculated. 

Important: Higher values produce better quality but increases calculation time. 

Subdivision: Enabling the subdivision checkbox causes geometry to be refined during the Ambient Occlusion 

calculation process. Additional vertices are inserted into the meshes. Thus it is possible to get much more 

smooth results on the geometry. 

2 Presets are available: 

- Low Quality 


Minimum Edge Length: This value defines the threshold of the subdivision. If the length of an edge 

between two vertices is below this value it won't be subdivided and no additional vertices are added. 

Caution: Enabling this feature increases calculation time and will also increase the polygon count of the 

Scene. 

Examples 

Settings: 

Shadow Quality: Preview Quality






Settings: 

Shadow Quality:Medium Quality 






Settings: 







Settings: 




Indirect Illumination: Yes 

Number of Indirections: 3

Color Bleeding: Yes 


Clear Shadows: Deletes the Ambient Occlusion on the selected geometry. 

Clear Indirect: Deletes the Indirect Illumination on the selected geometry.


You are here: Modules > Appearance Tab > Geometry Editor 



Geometry Editor of VRED Professional


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Appearance > Material Editor 


MaterialEditor 

Opens the MaterialEditor Module. Using the MaterialEditor Module materials can be created, 

textures positioned and edited, material libraries been set up and EnvironmentSphere Materials 

defined for lighting and shading your objects. Read MaterialEditor Module.


You are here: Modules > Animation Tab > Animation 

Animation 

Animation - in the animation module all animations 

imported via VRML file format are listed. They can be 

initially executed, adjusted, and connected to sensors 

or scripts. Sensor nodes connect animations to other 

nodes. Using sensors, animations can be executed by 

selecting a node connected with the sensor in the 

RenderView. Right Mouse Click into the Animation 

scenegraph to open the Animation Module menu. 

Animation Menu 

Start - starts selected animation. Animations can also 

be executed by double click on the animation´s name. 

Pause/Continue - pauses or continues selected 

animation. 

Reset - resets selected animation at its start position. 

Select Nodes - selects al nodes connected to the 

animation. 

Delete - deletes animation. 

Refresh - refreshes the Animation Module´s scengraph. 

Clear - clears the Animation Module´s scengraph. 

Properties 

Comment - a comment for the selected animation can be entered. 

Hotkeys - a hotkey can be assigned to each animation for start animation, pause and continue state. 

Animation 

Cycle interval - sets the animation cycle interval in seconds.


You are here: Modules > Animation Tab > Clip Maker 

Clip Maker 

ClipMaker - in the ClipMaker AnimationBlocks can be 

rearranged, retimed and grouped to setup more 

complex animation. Scubbing through the ClipMaker´s 

timeline the RenderView will render the playback 

settings defined in the ClipMaker including MotionBlur 

settings, FOV and others. 

New Clip - creates a new Clip. Animation 

Blocks can be dragged into the clip. 

Del Clip - deletes the selected Clip. 

Export - opens the Export Settings dialog box. 

The currently selected Clip will be rendered with the defined settings. 

ClipMaker Scenegraph - in the Scenegraph all created Clips and used Block Animations are 

listed. Right Mouse Click to open the Scenegraph menu. 

New Subclip - creates a Subclip structure to make grouping the Animation 

Blocks used in the Clip easier. 

Delete Clip - deletes a Clip or Subclip node. 

Rename - renames a Clip, Subclip or Animation Block node. 

Clear View - clears the Scenegraph. 

Block List - in the Block List all Animation Blocks used in the selected clip are listed. 

Animation Blocks can be added via drag and drop from the CurveEditor to the ClipMaker. 

Blocks can be changed in length and position. This information is displayed on each Animation 

Block used. 

Template - pressing on the template button the Animation Blocks placed in the line will not be 

updated. 

I - plays the selected animation forward. 

I>> - sets the Timeslider to the End Frame position.


You are here: Modules > Animation Tab > Curve Editor 

Curve Editor 

CurveEditor - The CurveEditor allows the user to 

create and modify animations. Select the object to be 

animated. Scrubbing through the CurveEditor`s 

Timeline the RenderView will render the playback 

settings defined in the CurveEditor, including Motion 

Blur settings, FOV and others. 

Buttons Tab 

Key All - creates a key at the current 

frame for all object attributes listed in 

the CurveEditor`s scenegraph. 

Key Sel - creates a key at the current frame for the selected attributes in the 

CurveEditor`s scenegraph. 

Conv Key - creates a keyframe for all parametrs at the time position with the 

existing spline values. 

Move - Left Mouse Drag to moves selected keys. Keys can be moved in 

horizontal and vertical direction. 

Press CTL+Y to lock the key movement to the vertical axis. 

Moving a key on the vertical axis changes the attributes value. 

Press CTL+X to lock the key movement to the horizontal axis. 

Moving a key on the horizontal axis changes the key`s frame time. 

Ins - inserts a key at a specific position and value. To insert a key press Left 

Mouse button. Keys can be inserted when only a single parameter is selected. 

Del - deletes a key. To delete keys, press Left Mouse bottom. 

Block - a Block is a bin, in which animations can be stored. When a animation is 

created it can be stored in a Block. It can be accessed and edited at any time 

later. Furthermore Blocks can be used in the ClipEditor to arrange more complex 

animations. All objects can have an unlimited amount of Blocks. Each Block has 

the length of the first keyframe position to the last keyframe position. When a 

Block is selected the keyed animation curves will be drawn in the CurvesGraph. 

To create an Animation Block press the Block button. 

Curve Tangents - Tangents describe the entry and exit of curve segments from 

a key. This menu operates on the shape of curve segments around selected 

keys. 

Constant 

Specifying a stepped tangent creates an animation curve whose out tangent is a 

flat curve. 

The curve segment is flat (horizontal), so the value changes at the key without 

gradation. 

Linear 

Specifying a linear tangent creates an animation curve as a straight line joining 

two keys. If the in and out tangent is linear, the curve segment before and 

behind the key is a straight line. 

Flat 

Sets the in and out tangents of the key to be horizontal (with a slope of 0 

degrees). When a ball reaches its ascent, it hangs in the air for a brief time

efore starting its descent. You can create this effect by using a flat tangent. 

Hermite 

Specifying a hermite tangent creates an animation curve that is smooth between 

the key before and the key after the selected key. The tangents of the curve are 

co-linear (both at the same angle). This ensures that the animation curve 

smoothly enters and exits the key. 

Folow 

Specifying a flow tangent creates an animation curve that is smooth between the 

key before and the key after the selected key. The tangents of the curve are colinear 

(both at the same angle). This ensures that the animation curve smoothly 

enters and exits the key. 

Show - shows key tangents. When the key tangents are visible they can be 

adjusted. Left Mouse Drag on tangents ends to adjust tangents. 

Break - breaks the in an out tangent linking. 

SnapX - snaps the key on every frame. 

SnapY - snaps the key on every value. 

Center - frames all selected parameters animation curves. 

Cam - activates camera animation mode. Press the camera button to activate 

the camera animation mode. All keyable camera parameters will be listed. 

Export - export the current CurveEditor animation. 

Options - sets the CurveEditor`s options. 

Show Icon Text - shows the icon textual discriptions. 

Extended Attribute View - activate the Extended Attribute View to animate 

more than one object at a time. With the Extended Attribute View all selected 

objects attributes will be listed in the CurveEditors scenegraph. This allows the 

user creating multi object Blocks. The animated attributes of all selected objects 

will be stored in a Block. 

Lock Time Sliders - locks the Local Curves and Active Blocks time sliders. 

Navigating in the CurvesGraph 

Middle Mouse Drag to pan the CurvesGraph. 

Right Mouse Drag vertical to zoom in x-axis. 

Right Mouse Drag horizontal to zoom in y-axis. 

CTRL + Left Mouse Drag to zoom to selection frame. 

Left Mouse Click and Drag on a key to move key. 

Shift + Left Mouse Click to select a key. 

Shift + CTRL + Left Mouse Click to add a key to the current selection. 

Shift + Left Mouse Drag to select keys with a frame selection. 

Shift + CTRL + Left Mouse Drag to add a key with a frame selection to the 

current selection. 

Shift + Right Mouse Click to deselect a key. 

Shift + CTRL + Right Mouse Click to remove a key from the selection. 

Shift + Left Mouse Drag to deselect keys with a frame selection. 

Shift + CTRL + Left Mouse Drag to remove a key with a frame selection from 

the current selection. 

CurveEditor Scenegraph - the CurveEditor´s scenegraph lists all keyable attributes of the 

selected object and its attached Blocks. Right Mouse Click to open the scenegraph´s menu. 

Key All - creates a key at the current frame for all object attributes listed in the 

CurveEditor´s scenegraph. 

Key Selected - creates a key at the current frame for the selected attributes in 

the CurveEditor´s scenegraph.

Block Animation - creates an animation Block. A Block is a bin, in which 

animations can be stored. When a animation is created it can be stored in a 

Block. It can be accessed and edited at any time later. Furthermore Blocks can 

be used in the ClipEditor to arrange more complex animations. All objects can 

have an unlimited amount of Blocks. Each Block has the length of the first 

keyframe position to the last keyframe position. When a Block is selected the 

keyed animation curves will be drawn in the CurvesGraph. 

Clear - clears the CurveEditor´s scenegraph. 

AnimationBlocks - lists all AnimationBlocks in the scene. Select a animation 

Block to show its animation curves. 

Right Mouse Click on AnimationBlock - more options can be selected. 

Play Block - plays selected AnimationBlock. 

Duplicate Block - duplicates selected Block. 

Flip Block - reverses selected AnimationBlock´s animation direction. 

Delete Block - deletes selected Block. 

Active - sets selected Block to active. Each animated object can set one of its 

animated blocks at a time active. The last created Block is automatically being 

set to active. All Blocks that are set to active will be executed when the "Active 

Blocks" time slider is moved. This is independent of which objects is currently 

selected. 

Deactivate All - deactivates all active Blocks. 

Activate Motion Blur - activates motion blur rendering for the AnimationBlock. 

Motion Blur is rendered on a per object and animation base in VRED. Only 

AnimationBlocks with motion Blur activated will be rendered with motion if 

motion blur rendering is activated. Read Animation->Camera ->View 

Parameters->Motion Blur. 

CurveEditor Timeline - the CurveEditor´s Timeline and the Timeslider is split into two areas, 

a top and a bottom area. The top area defines the Timeslider position for the currently drawn 

curves in the CurvesGraph, while the bottom Timeslider position sets the time for all Animation 

Blocks set to active. 

Sliding top Timeslider - currently selected block will be played. 

Sliding the bottom Timeslider - all Animation Blocs set to active will be 

played. 

Start Frame - sets the Timeline´s start frame position. 

End Frame - sets the Timeline´s end frame position. 

Current Frame - sets the selected key´s frame position. 

Value - sets the selected key´s value. 

FPS - sets the animation frame rate. The entry value defines the amount of 

frames to be used for one second of amination. 

Buttons 

I - play the top Timeline forwards/ play the bottom Timeline 

forward. 

>I - set all Timesliders to the next Keyframe of the currently 

selected Animation Block. 

>>I - set all Timesliders to the End Frame position.


You are here: Modules > Variants Tab 

Variants Tab 

In the Variants tab you can define variants of your scene setup.


You are here: Modules > Animation Tab > Sequencer 

Sequencer 

Sequencer - The Sequencer Module allows the user 

to setup command sequences. These sequences will 

be executed in a batch process from top to bottom. 

Sequences can be executed initially by the user, or by 

other actions in the application which can be set by 

the user. All entries are case sensitive. 

Create Sequence - creates a sequence node 

in which actions can be queued. 

Create Action - actions are function sets, 

which can be used to activate and edit settings 

in VRED. 

setEnvironmentVariable - sets the 

VRED project´s environment variables. 

name - sets the variable´s 

name. 

value - sets the variable´s 

value. 

enable Simulation - sets the simulation state. The simulation state defines 

whether animation can be executed or not. 

state - sets the simulation state. 


show InitialView - activates the initialView position. 

jump Viewpoint - sets the camera to a viewpoint´s position. Viewpoints can be 

set in the ViewPoints module. 

name - sets the viewpoint´s name. 

enable ViewPointsAnimation - starts a viewpoint animation. A viewpoint 

animation is an animation that runs through all ViewPoints created with the 

ViewPoints speed settings. 

state - sets the ViewPointsAnimation state. 


setActiveSnapshotMovieRenderPasses - activates render-passes for image 

rendering. 

beauty_pass - true/ false 

diffuse_ibl_pass - true/ false 

diffuse_light_pass - true/ false 

glossy_ibl_pass - true/ false 

glossy_light_pass - true/ false 

specular_ibl_pass - true/ flase 

specular_light_pass - true/ false 

incandescence_pass - true/ false 

indirect_pass - true/ false

occlusion_pass - true/ false 

normal_pass - true/ false 

depth_pass - true/ false 

resetActiveSnapshotMovieRenderPasses - deactivates rendering the image 

with render-passes. 

create Snapshot - renders a single image. 

filename - sets the target directory and the image filename. 











image. 






create Movie 

filename - sets the target directory and the movie filename. 



fps - sets the frames to be rendered per each movie second. 

startFrame - sets the movie´s start frame. 

stopFrame - sets the movie´s end frame. 









image. 






set SwitchMaterialChoice - sets a material switch selection id. 

name - sets the Switch Material´s name.

choice - sets the Switch Material´s selection ID. 

selectVariantSet - activates a variant set. 

name - sets the VariantsSet´s name to be activated. 

startAnimation - starts an animation node in the Animation Module. 

name - sets the animation name to be started. 

stopAnimation - stops an animation node in the Animation Module. 

name - sets the animation name to be stopped. 

pauseAnimation - pauses an animation node in the Animation Module. 

name - sets the animation name to be pause. 

resetAnimation - resets an animation node in the Animation Module. 

name - sets the animation name to be reset. 

reverse SAnimation - revers an animation node in the Animation Module. 

name - sets the animation name to be reversed. 

playCanimation - starts an animation clip. 

name - sets the animation clip´s name to be executed. 

set VRMLViewpontsEnable - activates or deactivates VRML viewpoints. VRML 

viewpoints are camera animations imported via a vrml file from third party 

software. 

state - true/false 

setVRMLcurrentViewpoint - sets the VRML viewpoint to be activated. 

name - sets the VRML viewpoint name to activate. 

resetRenderlayer - resets all RenderLayer settings. 

activateRenderlayer - activates a renderlayer. 

name - sets the name of the renderlayer to be activated. 

setStillDOF - activates or deactivates depth of field rendering. 

state - true/ false 

radius - sets the DOF blur amount. 

focal distance - sets the focus distance in millimeters. 

set Renderquality - sets the image render quality and image render mode. 

available modes: 

VR_QUALITY_ANALYTIC_HIGH 

VR_QUALITY_ANALYTIC_LOW 

VR_QUALITY_REALISTIC_HIGH 

VR_QUALITY_REALISTIC_LOW 

VR_QUALITY_RAYTRACING 

set RaytracingAAinitialSamples - sets the minimum amount of initial 

antialiasing samples for Raytracing rendering. 


set RaytracingAAadaptiveSamples - sets the minimum amount of adaptive 

samples for Raytracing rendering. 


set RayatrcingAAtreshold - sets the raytracing attributes threshold quality. 

set RaytracingAAimagesFilter - sets the image filter algorithm for Raytracing 

rendering. 

Duplicate - duplicates the selected sequence or action. 

Rename - renames the selected sequence or action.

Delete - deletes the selected sequence or action. 

Active - sets the selected sequence to active. Activated sequences can be executed. 

Move Up - shifts the selected actions position one step up in the process queue. 

Move Down - shifts the selected actions position one step down in the process queue. 

Run - execute selected sequence. 

Run All - execute all sequences, that have an active state.


You are here: Modules > Variants Tab > Variants 

Variants 

VRED offers the funcionality to switch between different types of variants


You are here: Modules > Variants Tab > VariantSets 

VariantSets 

VariantSets 

VRED offers the possibility to set up 

different scenarios by using the 

VariantSets. All available Variants can be 

combined together in one Scene. For 

configurators logical connections can be 

generated. 

General: 

Hotkey: For each Variant Set a 

hotkey can be assigned. 

Comment: Adds a custom 

comment to each Variant Set. 

Geometry: From the Variants Tab, 

multiple Geometry Variants can be 

combined together in one geometry 

variant set, by dragging the desired 

geometry variants from the Variants Tab 

to the Geometry Tab of the VariantSets. 

Make sure, that at least one VariantSet is 

created. Each Geometry Variant can have 

different states. They will be activated by 

double clicking on the Variantset. 

Material: From the Variants Tab, multiple 

Material Variants can be combined 

together in one Material Variant Set, by 

dragging the desired Material Variants 

from the Variants Tab to the Material Tab 

of the VariantSets. Make sure, that at 

least one VariantSet is created. Each 

Material Variant can have different states. 

They will be activated by double clicking 

on the Variantset. 

Lights: From the Variants Tab, multiple 

Light Variants can be combined together 

in one Light Variant Set, by dragging the 

desired Light Variants from the Variants 

Tab into the Lights Tab of the Variant 

Sets. Make sure that at least one Variant 

Set is created. Each Light Variant Set can 

have different states. They will be 

activated by double clicking on the Variant 

Set. 

View: Multiple Viewpoints can be added 

in this tab

Anim: Multiple initial animations can be 


Script: Multiple Python Scripts can be 


Values: Custom Values can be added in 

this tab 

Right mouse context menu -->New 

Set: Creates a new VariantSet 

Right mouse context menu --> New 

Group: Creates a new Folder for 

VariantSets 

Right mouse context menu --> Clear: 

Removes all VariantSets and Groups 

Right mouse context menu --> 

Dissection Mode: Disables Rendering and 

switches to analyzing mode 

Right mouse context menu --> Verify 

All: Possibility to load a csv File with 

embedded logics


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > Postprocesing 

Postprocesing 

The Postprocessing Module offers an interactive image 

manipulation like tonemapping color correction and analyzing 

features.


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > Raytracing Settings 



The RaytracingSettings offer all attributes for 

interactive and image rendering settings. It is the 

main module for producing sharp and smooth images. 

It also offers the possibility to load and save Presets. 

Antialiasing Settings: 

Initial Samples/Adaptive Samples: 

These Parameters determine the quality 

of sampling. 

Initial Samples: When rendering an 

image or activating still antialiasing in 

the render options, the initial samples 

are calculated in the first iterationsteps 

of the rendering process. This value can 

be set between 0-63 Samples. 

Adaptive Samples - Amount of 

minimum samples in which extreme 

contrast must be sampled. 

Threshold Quality - The threshold sets 

the interrupt level for sampling which 

results in sapling quality. 

Preview Quality - Sets the sampling qualities on a very low level, 

resulting in preview render quality and very short render times. 

Low Quality - Sets the sampling quality on a low level, resulting 

in average render quality and short render times. 

Medium quality - Sets the sampling quality on a medium level, 

resulting in good render quality and medium render times. 

High Quality - sets the sampling quality on a high quality level. 

Ultra High Quality - Sets sampling quality on a production 


Use Clamp Value - Activates clamping for very bright pixels, to eliminate white 

spots after aliasing. The value sets the maximum multiplier for a white pixel. 

Activating clamping and reducing the multiplier will reduce the maximum 

resulting image color range. 

Pixel Filter 

Filter - VRED offers different filter algorithm for sampling. 


Width - The pixel filter width defines how many neighboring pixels in width will 

be taken in account to for sampling. 

Height - The pixel filter height defines how many neighboring pixels in height 

will be taken in account to for sampling. 


Max Reflection Depth - Sets the maximum amount of reflection each ray may 

encounter. 

Max Refraction Depth - Sets the maximum amount of refraction each ray may

encounter. 

Max Shadow Depth - Sets the maximum amount of shadow samples. 

Threshold - Sets the minimum pixel value for calculation interruption. 

Global Overrides 

Illumination Override: If enabled the lighting mode for 

materials will be overridden for interactive and still 

frame antialiasing. Four modes are available 

- Precomputed Illumination: No light samples are 

calulated. 

- Sample direct light: Direct light samples are 

calculated 

- Sample indirect light: Indirect light samples are 

calculated 

- Full global illumination: both light sample types, 

direct and indirect, are calculated


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > Renderlayer 

Renderlayer 

The RenderLayer module offers features to set special 

attributes to objects, 

Layer: 

Sets the Name of the Layer 

Visibility: 

Sets the attribute for the Color and Alpha Channel. If this attribute is set to OFF objects won't 

be rendered at all 

Visible in Alpha: 

Sets the attribute for the Alpha Channel. If this attribute is set to OFF objects won't be 

rendered in the Alpha Channel. This is the way to produce cutouts. 

Primary Visibility: 

Sets the attribute for the Color Channel. If this attribute is set to OFF objects won't be 

rendered in the Color Channel. 

Visible in Reflections: 

Sets the attribute for the Reflection. If this attribute is set to OFF objects won't be visible in 

reflections 

Visible in Refractions: 

Sets the attribute for Refcractions. If this attribute is set to OFF objects won't be visible in 

refractions. 

Cast Shadows: 

Sets the attribute for casting shadows. If the attribute is set to OFF objects won't cast 

shadows. 

Using RenderLayer: 

Right mouse context menu --> Create Layer: Creates a new empty Render Layer 

Right mouse context menu --> rename: Renames Render Layer 

Right mouse context menu --> Delete: Deletes Render Layer 

Right mouse context menu --> Move Up: Moves a Render Layer one position up in the 

Stack 

Right mouse context menu --> Move Down: Moves a Render Layer one position down in 

the Stack 

Right mouse context menu --> Apply Attributes to All: Sets RenderLayer attributes to all 

objects in one Layer 

Right mouse context menu --> Add selected Nodes: Adds seleted objects from the 

scenegraph to selected RenderLayer 

Right mouse context menu --> Cleanup: Removes non existing objects from RenderLayers


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Merge geometry 


Merge geometry - merges separated geometries to 

one mesh. CRTL + M 

-Preconditions for merging objects: The objects are 

unshared (not referenced!), they have the same 

materials and are laying in the same group. 

-To merge objects the parent group have to be 

selected, only then all child objects will be merged.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Filter 

Filter 

Filter - deletes the selected node without deleting the 

scene structure underneath the selected node.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > EnvironmentSwitch Material 

EnvironmentSwitch Material 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Environment Switch Material - creates a bin shader, in which SphereEnvironment materials can be stored 

and selectively addressed. The Environment Switch Material can be assigned as a standard 

SphereEnvironment Material to any Truelight material. 

Choice - sets the SphereEnvironment material`s ID to be used. By changing the 

SphereEnvironment Switch material`s Choice ID different SphereEnvironment materials can be 

connected to instantly to all Truelight materials. 

Right Mouse Click to list all existing SphereEnvironment Materials. Select each 

SphereEnvironment material to be connected to the Environment Switch Material. All 

SphereEnvironment Materials connected will be listed in the Environment Switch Material.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Phong 

Phong 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Phong - creates a Truelight Phong Material. The 

Phong material uses the Phong shading algorithm. 

Diffuse Color - sets the shader`s diffuse 

reflection color. This is the color the shader will 

adopt, when the light reflection of the surface 

is spread to a brought range of directions. 

Specular Color - sets the shader`s color for 

specular reflection. 

Specular reflection behavior is described by the 

law of reflection which states that the direction 

of incoming light (the incident ray), and the 

direction of outgoing light reflected (the 

reflected ray) make the same angle with 

respect to the surface normal, thus the angle of 

incidence equals the angle of reflection. 

Roughness - the Roughness parameter defines 

the amount of diffuse reflection and, its 

complement specular reflection. The higher the 

roughness value, the more diffuse reflection 

will be rendered. 

Color Texture 

Use Texture - loads an image texture for the 

diffuse color channel. The image will be used 

as a pattern on the surfaces. Read 

MaterialEditor -> Textures for texture 

placement. 

Use Alpha Channel - uses the alpha channel 

of the image texture if it has an alpha channel 

embedded. 

Repeat mode - sets the repeat mode of the 

texture. There are four modes, which can be 

set. 

Repeat - the texture will be repeated in all 

directions. 

Repeat Mirror - the texture will be repeated 

and mirrored in x- and y-axis on every 

repetition. 

Decal - the texture will not be repeated. 

Clamp - not the whole texture will be repeated. Only the last pixel of the texture will be 

repeated. 

Anisotrophy - sets the texture filter quality for the image texture. 1 is lowest quality. 16 is 

highest quality. 

Input Gamma - sets the texture image gamma correction. 

Specular Texture

Use Texture - loads an image texture for the specular color channel. The image will be used 

as a pattern on the surfaces. Read MaterialEditor -> Textures for texture placement. 

Repeat mode - sets the repeat mode of the texture. There are four modes, which can be set. 

Repeat - the texture will be repeated in all directions. 

Repeat Mirror - the texture will be repeated and mirrored in x- and y-axis on every 

repetition. 



repeated. 

Anisotrophy - sets the texture filter quality for the image texture. Value 1 is lowest quality. 

Value 16 is highest quality. 


Bump Texture 

Use Structure - activates a procedural bump structure. 

Use Texture - loads an image texture for the bump channel. The image will be used as a 

pattern on the surfaces. Read MaterialEditor -> Textures for texture placement. 




repetition. 



repeated. 



Parallax Intensity - sets the parallax shift interpretation of the bump image texture. 

Bump Intensity - sets the bump intensity interpretation of the bump image texture. 

Structure Size - sets the structure size when the procedural bump structure is activated. 

Bump Type - sets the bump type. In OpenGL mode the bump mapping can be drawn as bump 

map or as displacement map. In Raytracing rendering mode only bump mapping is supported. 

Noise Quality - sets the procedural bump structure texture quality. 

Incandescence Settings - the incandescence defines the shader`s self-illumination behavior. 

Incandescence Color - sets the self-illumination color. 

Incandescence Intensity - sets the self-illumination intensity. 

Use Texture - loads an image texture, which defines the self-illumination area and intensity. 




repetition. 



repeated. 


Value 16 is highest quality.

Common Settings 

Occlusion Color - sets the shader´s pre-calculated ambient occlusion´s color. Read 

Appearance->Ambient Occlusion. 

Occlusion Intensity - sets the shader´s pre-calculated ambient occlusion´s intensity. Read 


Glow Intensity - sets the shader´s glow intensity. Glow is a post-processing effect. To render 

the glow effect the Postprocessing rendering must be activated. 

Read Rendering-> Post-Processing ->Post FX. 

Glow is only supported in OpenGL rendering mode. 

See Through - renders the shader transparent. See Trough is only supported in OpenGL 

rendering mode. 

Compress Textures - compresses all used textures to reduce memory usage. 

Raytracing Settings - these settings take only effect in Raytracing rendering mode. 

Max Reflection Depth - sets the maximum amount of reflections a light ray 

may encounter. 

Reflection Trace Threshold - sets the minimum threshold value of each pixel 

for reflections. 

Interactive Quality - sets the render-quality mode and render-quality level 

during RenderView interaction. 

Quality Mode - there are four quality modes. 

Precomputed Illumination - no Sampling takles place. Only the 

precomputed illumination settings from the surrounding HDR will 

be taken into account 

Sample Direct Light - only direct light rays will be rendered and 

sampled. 

Sample Indirect Light - only indirect light rays will be rendered 

and sampled. 

Full Global Illumination - direct and indirect Lightrays will be 

rendered and sampled. 

Reflection Quality - sets the Qualtiy of sampling for the interactive mode 

IBL Settings - sets which sampling quality value will be used for the imaged 

based light samples. 

Use Environment Settings - uses the sampling quality of the 

currently used SphereEnvironmentMaterial. 

Use Material Settings - uses the material´s specific sampling 

quality which can be set in "IBL Quality". 

IBL Quality - sets the Sampling Quality of the light samples 

which are casted from the currently used 

SphereEnvironmentMaterial. Only active when "Use Material 

Settings" is selected. 

Still-frame Quality - sets the render-quality mode and render-quality level 

during still frame filtering. 






sampled. 

Sample Indirect Light - only indirect light rays will be rendered

and sampled. 



Reflection Quality - sets the Qualtiy of sampling for the interactive modeIBL 

Settings - sets which sampling quality value will be used for the imaged 










Environment Settings - sets the environment settings for HDRI lighting. 

Environment - Click Right Mouse Button to select the HDR - Image that should 

be used as light source. Read SphereEnvironmentMaterial. 

Lighting Mode - the lighting mode menu sets which light model will be used for 

the shader. There are five different lighting models. 

IBL + Indirect + OpenGL - the shader will be affected by the HDR image, by the 

pre-calculated or interactive Global Illumination rendering and by the direct light 

sources placed in the scene. 

IBL + Indirect - the shader will be affected by the HDR Image and by the precalculated 

or interactive Global Illumination rendering. 

IBL + OpenGL - the shader will be affected by the HDR Image and the direct 

light sources placed in the scene. 

IBL - only the HDR Image will affect the shader. 

OpenGL - only direct light sources placed in the scene will affect the shader.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Unicolor Paint Material 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Unicolor Paint Material - creates a Truelight 

Unicolor Paint Material. The Unicolor Paint Material 

offers a shading model suited for unicolor painted 

surfaces. 

Base Color - sets the diffuse reflection color of 

the Unicolor Paint Material. This is the color the 

shader will adopt, when the surfaces is globally 

light. 

Clearcoat Settings - sets the clearcoat color. 

The clearcoat is a transparent, strongly 

reflective paint layer on the base paint layer. 

Clearcoat Color - sets the clearcoat 

color. 

Reflectivity - sets the clearcoat 

reflective intensity. 

Orange Peel - activates a noisy bump 

structure in the shader. 

Orange Peel Frequency - sets the 

bump structure`s noise frequency. 

Orange Peel Intensity - sets the 

bump structure`s intensity. 

Noise Quality - sets the noise quality. 

Low - sets the noise quality to 

low. Low quality uses less 

memory. 

High - sets the noise quality to high. This allows even on extreme 

close ups sharp and detailed noise structures. 








repetition. 



repeated. 



Common Settings





Glow Intensity - sets the shaders glow intensity. Glow is a post-processing effect. To render 








Max Reflection Depth - sets the maximum amount of reflections a light ray may encounter. 

Reflection Trace Threshold - sets the minimum threshold value of each pixel for reflections. 

Interactive Quality - sets the render-quality mode and render-quality level during 

RenderView interaction. 


Precomputed Illumination - no Sampling takles place. Only the precomputed 

illumination settings from the surrounding HDR will be taken into account 

Sample Direct Light - only direct light rays will be rendered and sampled. 

Sample Indirect Light - only indirect light rays will be rendered and sampled. 

Full Global Illumination - direct and indirect Lightrays will be rendered and 

sampled. 


IBL Settings - sets which sampling quality value will be used for the imaged based light 

samples. 

Use Environment Settings - uses the sampling quality of the currently used 

SphereEnvironmentMaterial. 

Use Material Settings - uses the material´s specific sampling quality which can 

be set in "IBL Quality". 

IBL Quality - sets the Sampling Quality of the light samples which are casted 

from the currently used SphereEnvironmentMaterial. Only active when "Use 

Material Settings" is selected. 

Still-frame Quality - sets the render-quality mode and render-quality level during still frame 

filtering. 







sampled. 

Reflection Quality - sets the Qualtiy of sampling for the interactive modeIBL Settings - sets 

which sampling quality value will be used for the imaged based light samples. 




be set in "IBL Quality".





Environment - Click Right Mouse Button to select the HDR - Image that should be used as 

light source. Read SphereEnvironmentMaterial. 

Lighting Mode - the lighting mode menu sets which light model will be used for the shader. 

There are five different lighting models. 

IBL + Indirect + OpenGL - the shader will be affected by the HDR image, by the pre-calculated 

or interactive Global Illumination rendering and by the direct light sources placed in the scene. 

IBL + Indirect - the shader will be affected by the HDR Image and by the pre-calculated or 

interactive Global Illumination rendering. 

IBL + OpenGL - the shader will be affected by the HDR Image and the direct light sources 

placed in the scene. 




You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Metallic Paint Material 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Metallic Paint Material - creates a Truelight Metallic 

Paint Material. The Metallic Paint Material offers a 

shading model suited for metallic painted surfaces like 

metallic carpaint. 


the Metallic Paint Material. This is the color the 


light. 

Flake Settings - the flake settings 

defines the metallic flakes behavior, 

which are embedded in metallic paints. 

The metallic flakes have strong specular 

light reflection and are layered on top of 

the base shading color. 

Flake color - Sets the metallic shiny 

flakes` base color. 

Roughness - the Roughness parameter 

defines the amount of diffuse reflection 

and, its complement specular reflection. 

The higher the roughness value, the 

more diffuse reflections will be 

rendered. 

Flake Size - sets the flake size. 

Flake Intensity - sets the flakes contrast value of each flakes` normal 

direction. 

Clearcoat Settings - sets the clearcoat color. The clearcoat is a transparent, strongly 


Clearcoat Color - sets the clearcoat color. 

Reflectivity - sets the clearcoat reflective intensity. 

Orange Peel - activates a noisy bump structure in the shader. 

Orange Peel Frequency - sets the bump structure`s noise frequency. 

Orange Peel Intensity - sets the bump structure`s intensity. 


Low - sets the noise quality to low. Low quality uses less memory. 








Repeat - the texture will be repeated in all directions.


repetition. 



repeated. 


























sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 




Sample Direct Light - only direct light rays will be rendered and sampled.



sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Flip Flop Material 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Flip Flop Material - creates a Truelight Flip/Flop 

Material. The Flip/Flop Material offers a shading model 

suited for metallic painted surfaces like metallic 

carpaint which are changing their color depending on 

the camera`s viewing angle. 


the Flip/Flop Material. This is the color the 


light. 







Flake color 1 - Sets the metallic shiny 

flakes` first color. This color is getting 

stronger and more brilliant the further 

the normal orientation is pointing away 

from the camera. 


flakes` second color. This color is 

getting stronger and more brilliant the 

more the normal orientation is pointing 

towards the camera. 

Roughness - the Roughness parameter defines the amount of diffuse reflection 

and, its complement specular reflection. The higher the roughness value, the 

more diffuse reflections will be rendered. 



direction. 













Incandescence Color - sets the self-illumination color.






repetition. 



repeated. 


























sampled. 



samples. 








Still-frame Quality - sets the render-quality mode and render-quality level during still frame

filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Line Chrome Material 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Line Chrome Material - creates a Truelight Line 

Crome Material. This material is especially designed to 

shade tiny line structures like windscreen heat-pipes 

and similar structures. 

Reflection Color - sets the chrome reflection 

color. 

Use Roughness - activates diffuse chrome 

reflections. 

Roughness - sets the diffuse chrome reflection 

amount. 

Line Width - sets the thickness of the lines 

drawn. 








repetition. 



repeated. 















Raytracing Settings - these settings take only effect in Raytracing rendering mode.











sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 



















IBL + OpenGL - the shader will be affected by the HDR Image and the direct light sources





You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Chrome Material 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Chrome Material - creates a Truelight Crome 

Material. Using the Chrome Material chromic and 

metallic surface behaviors can be simulated. 


color. When the chrome reflection is colored, 

then the reflected objects will also be colored. 

Smear - sets the reflection`s blur amount. 

Only supported in OpenGL rendering mode. 

Contrast - sets the reflection`s contrast level. 

Saturation - sets the reflection`s saturation 

level. 


amount. The higher the roughness value, the 

blurrier the reflection will get. 

Rough Chrome Settings - a bump structure 

can be added to the chrome material. Only 

supported in OpenGL rendering mode. 


reflections and bump structure. 

Structure Size - sets the bump structure size. 

Structure Intensity - sets the bump 

structure`s intensity. 



High - sets the noise quality to high. This allows even on extreme close ups 

sharp and detailed noise structures. 

Incandescence Settings - the incandescence defines the shader´s self-illumination behavior. 







repetition. 



repeated. 



Common Settings























sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Brushed Metal Material 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Brushed Metal Material - creates a Truelight 

Brushed Metal Material. Using the Brushed Metal 

Material all types of metal surfaces can be simulated. 














Roughness U/V - the Roughness parameter 

defines the amount of diffuse reflection and, its 




On metallic surfaces the roughness can vary 

against the surface direction. Especially when 

the surface is finished. 

Due to this the roughness intensity can be 

separately set in U and V direction. 

Metal Type - The Metal Type attribute allows 

you to choose between a wide range of metal 

material presets, if you wish to. 

Brush Plane - sets the brush direction. To make the brush structure visible Bump Texture -> 

Bump Structure must be activated. 

XY - sets the line-structure projection plane to XY 

XZ - sets the line-structure projection plane to XZ 

YZ - sets the line-structure projection plane to YZ 

Radial XY - sets the radial-structure projection plane to XY 

Radial XZ - sets the radial-structure projection plane to XZ 

Radial YZ - sets the radial-structure projection plane to YZ 

Brush Center - sets the brush projection center. To center the Projection pivot automatically, 

select an object and press "Get Center". Then the selected object`s center will be used as 

projection pivot. 

Reflectivity - sets the Brushed Metal Material`s reflective intensity. 

Color Texture 

Use Texture - loads an image texture for the diffuse color channel. The image 

will be used as a pattern on the surfaces. Read MaterialEditor -> Textures 

for texture placement.

Use Alpha Channel - uses the alpha channel of the image texture if it has an 

alpha channel embedded. 

Repeat mode - sets the repeat mode of the texture. There are four modes, 

which can be set. 


Repeat Mirror - the texture will be repeated and mirrored in x- and y-axis on 

every repetition. 


Clamp - not the whole texture will be repeated. Only the last pixel of the texture 

will be repeated. 

Anisotrophy - sets the texture filter quality for the image texture. 1 is lowest 

quality. 16 is highest quality. 


Specular Texture 

Use Texture - loads an image texture for the specular color channel. The image 


for texture placement. 









Anisotrophy - sets the texture filter quality for the image texture. Value1 is 

lowest quality. Value 16 is highest quality. 


Bump Texture 


Use Texture - loads an image texture for the bump channel. The image will be 

used as a pattern on the surfaces. Read MaterialEditor -> Textures for 

texture placement. 









Anisotrophy - sets the texture filter quality for the image texture. Value 1 is 


Parallax Intensity - sets the parallax shift interpretation of the bump image 

texture. 

Bump Intensity - sets the bump intensity interpretation of the bump image 

texture. 

Structure Size - sets the structure size when the procedural bump structure is 

activated. 

Bump Type - sets the bump type. In OpenGL mode the bump mapping can be 

drawn as bump map or as displacement map. In Raytracing rendering mode only 

bump mapping is supported.









repetition. 



repeated. 


























sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Plastic Material 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Plastic Material - creates a Truelight Plastic Material. 

The Plastic Material is suitable to simulate diffuse 

plastic or leather surfaces. 

Diffuse Color - sets the shader´s diffuse 




Specular Color - sets the shader´s color for 














Reflectivity - sets the surface reflection 

intensity. 

Color Texture 






















which can be set.










Bump Texture 
















texture. 


texture. 


activated. 



bump mapping is supported. 









repetition. 



repeated. 


























sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 





Use Material Settings - uses the material´s specific sampling quality which can

e set in "IBL Quality". 


















You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Reflective Plastic Material 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Reflective Plastic Material - creates a Truelight 

Reflective Plastic Material. The Reflective Plastic 

Material is suitable to simulate shiny or glossy plastic 

surfaces. 














Reflectivity - sets the clearcoat reflection 

intensity. 

Color Texture 

Use Texture - loads an image texture 

for the diffuse color channel. The image 

will be used as a pattern on the 

surfaces. Read MaterialEditor -> Textures for texture placement. 














Bump Texture 
















texture. 


texture. 


activated. 












repetition. 



repeated. 


















Interactive Quality - sets the render-quality mode and render-quality level during








sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Triplanar Material 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Triplanar Material - creates a Truelight Triplanar 

Material. The Triplanar Material is suitable to simulate 

diffuse plastic or leather surfaces. Activating the bump 

and texture channel a wide range of diffuse surface 

structures can be simulated. 




















intensity. 

Triplanar Settings - the triplanar settings define how the texture will be placed on the surface 

and how the planar projection will be blended at the edges. 

Edge Blend - sets the range how far the planar projection will be blended into 

each other. 

Uniform Repeat - synchronizes the repetition value for all projection axis'. 

X Repeat U, X Repeat V, Y Repeat U, Y Repeat V, Z Repeat U, Z Repeat V - sets 

the repetition value of the u and v axis for each projection direction. 

X Rotate, Y Rotate, Z Rotate - sets the projection orientation. 

Color Texture 


will be used as a pattern on the surfaces. 









Input Gamma - sets the texture image gamma correction.

Bump Texture 



used as a pattern on the surfaces. 


texture. 










repetition. 



repeated. 


























sampled.



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Reflective Triplanar Material 

Reflective Triplanar Material 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Reflective Triplanar Material - creates a Truelight 

Reflective Triplanar Material. The Reflective Triplanar 

Material is suitable to simulate shiny and glossy 

plastic and comparable surfaces. All surfaces finished 

with a clearcoat can be perfectly visualized using this 

shader. 















intensity. 

Triplanar Settings - the triplanar settings 

define how the texture will be placed on the 

surface and how the planar projection will be 

blended at the edges. 


each other. 





Color Texture 












Bump Texture 

Use Structure - activates a procedural bump structure.




texture. 










repetition. 



repeated. 


























sampled. 



samples.









filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Carbon Material 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Carbon Material - creates a Truelight Carbon 

Material. The Carbon Material simulates carbon 

surfaces. 





Glossy Color - sets the shader´s glossy 

reflection color. this is the reflection color for 

glossy reflections. 















Reflectivity - Sets the material´s reflectivity intensity. 

Carbon Pattern Settings - defines the carbon pattern. 

Pattern - there are four different pattern types, according which carbon 

structures are usually sewed. 

2X2 - 

image_01-cabon.png 

3X1 staircase - image_02-cabon.png 

3X1 interleave - image_03-cabon.png 

5X1 - 


Pattern Size - sets the carbon structure size. 

Pattern Intensity - sets the fissure depth intensity. 

Pattern Orientation (Rotate X, Y, Z) - sets the pattern direction on x, y and z 

projection direction. 

Bump Texture 



texture. 


activated. 

Noise Quality - sets the procedural bump structure texture quality.








repetition. 



repeated. 


























sampled. 



samples. 







Material Settings" is selected.


filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Carbon 2D Material 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Carbon Material2D - creates a Truelight Carbon2D 


surfaces. 


























2X2 - 


3X1 staircase - image_02-cabon.png 

3X1 interleave - image_03-cabon.png 

5X1 - 




Bump Texture 



texture. 


activated. 


Incandescence Settings - the incandescence defines the shader´s self-illumination behavior.







repetition. 



repeated. 


























sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Tire Material 

Tire Material 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Tire Material - creates a Truelight Tire Material. The 

Tire Material is especially designed to quickly texture 

tires and give them a rubber shading. 



















Reflectivity - Sets the material´s reflectivity 

intensity. 

Color Texture 

Use Marking - loads an image texture which will be applied to the tire`s sides 

for the diffuse color channel. The image will be used as a pattern on the 

surface`s sides. 

Use Profile - loads an image texture which will be applied as the tire´s profile 

for the diffuse color channel. The image will be used as a pattern on the surface 

´s middle. 





Use Marking - loads an image texture which will be applied to the tire´s sides 

for the specular channel. The image will be used as a specular pattern on the 

surface´s sides. 

Use Profile - loads an image texture which will be applied as the tire`s profile 

for the specular channel. The image will be used as a pattern on the surface´s 

middle. 


Bump Texture 


for the bump channel. The image will be used as a bump pattern on the surface 

´s sides. 

Use Profile - loads an image texture which will be applied as the tire´s profile

for the bump channel. The image will be used as a pattern on the surface´s 

middle. 


texture. 

Parallax Intensity - sets the intensity of the parallax shifting. 

Texture Settings - sets the texture projection position of the used textures. 

Center - sets the brush projection center. To center the Projection pivot 

automatically, select an object and press "Get Center". Then the selected object 

´s center will be used as projection pivot. 

Repeat U/V - sets the U and v repetition of the profile texture. 

Sale - sets the texture´s scale value for the marking texture. 

Blendposition - sets the marking and profile texture blend position. 








repetition. 



repeated. 






















illumination settings from the surrounding HDR will be taken into account




sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Glass Material 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Glass Material - creates a Truelight Glass Material. 

The Glass Material simulates glass surface behaviors. 

Exterieur Transparency - sets the shader´s 

diffuse reflection color. This is the color the 

shader will adopt, when the light reflection of 

the surface is spread to a brought range of 

directions. The brighter the diffuse reflection 

color is, the more transparent the material 

becomes. 

Interieur Transparency - sets the shader´s 




directions and the surface normals` direction is 

pointing away from camera. The brighter the 

diffuse reflection color is, the more transparent 

the material becomes. Only supported in 

OpenGL rendering mode. 







reflected ray) make the same angle with respect to the surface normal, thus the angle of 



Refraction Index - sets the material´s refraction index. Only supported in Raytracing 


Frosted Glass - simulates frozen glass and iced structures. 

Use Frosted Glass - activates frosted Glass. 



more diffuse reflection will be rendered. 

Bump Texture 











Clamp - not the whole texture will be repeated. Only the last pixel of the texture





texture. 


texture. 


activated. 












repetition. 



repeated. 























Precomputed Illumination - no Sampling takles place. Only the




sampled. 


and sampled. 





















sampled. 


and sampled. 























or interactive Global Illumination rendering.






You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Shadow Material 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Shadow Material - creates a Truelight Shadow 

material. The Shadow Material is by default a 

transparent material, that only becomes shaded at 

areas of pre-calculated ambient occlusion shadows, 

shadows calculated by the linear lights sources or 

global illumination light sources. 

Shadow Settings - defines the color and 

intensity of the shaded areas. 

Occlusion Color - sets the color of the precalculated 

ambient occlusion shadows. 

Shadow Color - sets the shadow color of all 

light sources. 

Opacity Mode 

Transparent - render the Shadow 

Material by default transparent. 

Solid - render the Shadow Material by 

default white. 

Soft key - sets the render priority of the 

Shadow Material. Only supported in OpenGL 

mode.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Multipass Material 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Multipass Material - creates a bin shader, in which 

Truelight materials can be layered. The first material 

in the list is the first rendered and the following 

shaders are rendered according to their position in list 

from top to bottom. 

Analytic Material Tab - in the analytic 

material tab the shading settings for the 

analytic rendering mode can be set. 

Use Realistic Settings - synchronizes 

the Analytic Material´s settings 

channels with the Realistic Material 

settings.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Switch Material 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Switch Material - creates a bin shader, in which Truelight materials can be stored and selectively 

addressed. 

Choice - sets the SphereEnvironment material´s ID to be used. By changing the 

SphereEnvironment material`s Choice ID different SphereEnvironment materials can be 


Choice - sets the Switch material´s ID to be used. By changing the Switch material`s Choice 

ID the user can switch the material assignment instantly. 

With the MaterialEditor´s copy and paste function Truelight Materials can be added.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Glow Material 

Glow Material 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Glow Material 

The Glow Material allows you to apply a glow effect to specific geometry parts. 

Inner color - Specifies an inner color of the glowing part (e.g. the inner color of a flame is 

orange and white) 

Outer color - Specifies the outer color of the glowing part (e.g. the outer color of a flame 

would be close to white with a reddish touch) 

Intensity - Specifies the intensity of the glow. 

Falloff - Specifies the falloff value of the glow.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > SphereEnvironment Material 

SphereEnvironment Material 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 


Phong 











Material 



Tire Material 





Glow Material 


Material 


Material 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

SphereEnvironment Material - creates a 

SphereEnvironment material. SpehereEnvironment 

materials are needed by every Truelight material. 

They deliver have the IBL lighting model for each 

Truelight material they are assigned to embedded. 

The lighting of the Truelight materials can be adjusted 

with the settings of the SphereEnvironment material. 

Each SphereEnvironment material can be assigned as 

an input node in the Environment tab of each 

Truelight material. The SphereEnvironment Material is 

a single sided shader in OpenGL rendering mode. 

Environment - loads the HDR image, that will 

be used as light source. The HDR image will 

also be used as environment, which will be 

reflected on reflective surfaces In OpenGL 

rendering. In Raytraced Rendering the 3D 

space will be reflected in the surfaces. 

Exposure - sets the HDR image´s exposure 

level. The higher the exposure level is the 

longer series of shutter cycles which will be 

used to calculate the image´s light intensity. 

Gamma - encodes the linear luminance values 

into digital image file values. Gamma encoding 

helps to map data (both analog and digital) 

into a more perceptually uniform domain. 

Hue -Shift - shifts all colors in the HDR image uniformly through the Hue color range. 

Contrast - separates the light and dark color value further from each other. 

Brightness - raises the color value of the whole HDR image. 

Saturation - sets the HDR image´s satureation. 

Reflected Saturation - sets the HDR image´s saturation when the HDR image is being 

reflected in any surface. 

Transformation - with the transformation parameters the source of the spherical projection of 

the SphereEnvironment material can be set. 

Size - sets the SphereEnvironment material´s projection sphere. All objects that are outside of 

the projection sphere and are using a Truelight material, that have this SphereEnvironment 

Material as an input channel, will not be rendered properly. The size defines the radius of the 

projection sphere. The projection sphere must enclose all objects using a material, that has 

this SpehereEnvironment material as environment shader assigned. 

Center - defines the projection sphere´s center position. 

Get Center - sets the projection sphere´s center. To center the Projection pivot automatically, 


projection sphere`s pivot. 

Rotate X, Y, Z - sets the SphereEnvironment Material´s orientation. 

Scale x, Y, Z - sets the SphereEnvironment Material´s size. with the scale value the image 

projection can be stretched and squashed on any axis. 

Create Lightsources - opens a menu for positioning 3D light sources in the scene. The light 

sources will be positioned inside of the projection sphere of the SphereEnvironment material

and they will be orientated to its center position. The light sources will be created on basis of 

the HDR image examination. The brightest pixel´s intensity, color, orientation and position are 

evaluated to create new light sources. 

Left Mouse Click to select or frame select light sources. 

Middle Mouse Click and Drag to move selected light sources. 

Right Mouse Click to open dialog box. 

Light Source Manipulation - defines how light source will be created. 

Find Lightsources - scans the HDR image and positions indicators, where light 

sources should be created. 

Number of Lights - sets the amount of light sources to create. 

Merge Lightsources - merges selected light sources. All light values will be 

averaged. 

Delete Lightsources - deletes selected light sources. 

Create new Lightsources - creates new light sources. 

Lightsource Settings - defines how each light source`s attributes. 

Lightname - sets the selected lights name. 

Type of Lightsource - sets the selected light source`s type. 

Spotlight - Read Appearancce-> Lights -> SpotLight. 

Directionallight - Read Appearancce-> Lights->Directionallight. 

Intensity Scale - sets the light sources intensity. 

Shadow Intensity - sets the light sources shadow intensity. 

Lightsources - lists all lightsource´s names and attributes, that will be created. 

Create Selected - creates all listed light sources. 

Cancel - cancels light sources creation.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Standard Materials > Simple Materials 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 





CGFX Material 



MergeMaterial 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Simple Material - creates a Simple Material. The 

Simple Material is a simple shading model, which does 

not support any HDRI lighting. The simple Material is 

only visible, when it is light by standard light sources. 

Front 

Ambient - sets the Simple Material´s 

ambient light reflection color. 

Diffuse Color - sets the shader´s 

diffuse reflection color. This is the color 

the shader will adopt, when the light 

reflection of the surface is spread to a 

brought range of directions. 

Specular Color - sets the shader´s color for specular reflection. Specular 

reflection behavior is described by the law of reflection which states that the 

direction of incoming light (the incident ray), and the direction of outgoing light 

reflected (the reflected ray) make the same angle with respect to the surface 

normal, thus the angle of incidence equals the angle of reflection. 

Emission - sets the shader´s illumination color and intensity. 

Shininess - sets the surface´s specular spread. 

Transparent - sets the surface´s transparency.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Standard Materials > Chunk Material 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 





CGFX Material 



MergeMaterial 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Chunk Material - creates a Chunk material node. The chunk material node is an empty material bin node, 

which can be customized by adding additional chunk attributes.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Standard Materials > CGFX Material 

CGFX Material 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 





CGFX Material 



MergeMaterial 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

CGFX Material - creates a CGFX material node. CGFX scripts can be loaded into the CGFX material node. 

Effect - loads a cgfx script.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Standard Materials > Phong Material 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 





CGFX Material 



MergeMaterial 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Phong Material - creates a Phong Material. The 

Phong Material is a simple phong shading model, 

which does not support any HDRI lighting. The simple 

Material is only visible, when it is light by standard 


Front 






reflection of the surface is spread to a brought range of directions. 










You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Standard Materials > MultipassMaterial 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 





CGFX Material 



MergeMaterial 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Multipass Material - creates a bin shader, in which Truelight materials can be layered. The first material in 

the list is the first rendered and the following shaders are rendered according to their position in list from top 

to bottom.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Standard Materials > MergeMaterial 

MergeMaterial 






Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 





CGFX Material 



MergeMaterial 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

MergeMaterial 

The MergeMaterial allows you to combine different shaders into one single combined shader.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Standard Materials > SwitchMaterial 







Scenegraph 

Modules 

Terminal 


Materials Tab 





CGFX Material 



MergeMaterial 


Edit 

Convert 


Library Tab 

Textures Tab 


Variants 

Clip Maker 

Analyzer Tab 

Animation Tab 


Info Tab 

Rendering Tab 

Tracking Tab 

Variants Tab 

Search 

Send Question 

Switch Material - creates a bin shader, in which Materials can be stored and selectively addressed. 



With the MaterialEditor´s copy and paste function Materials can be added.


You are here: Modules > Animation Tab 

Animation Tab 

This chapter provides information about the Animation Tab module of VRED 

Professional.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor 



In the MaterialEditor all material and surface shading 

settings for all objects can be adjusted.


You are here: Modules > Appearance Tab 


This chapter provides all information about the Appearance Tab of VRED 

Professional.


You are here: Modules > Appearance Tab > Geometry Editor > Decore 

Decore 

Decore 

The decore function removes geometry inside other 

geometry. Scews and mountings inside a door 

covering for example ,will be removed after applying 

this function. The virtual camera flies around the 

selected Object, takes screenshots and removes all 

non visible geometry. 

Quality: 

Resolution: 

The resolution defines the the resolution of the taken 

screenshots. The higher the value, the more precise 

the result. 

Steps: 

The steps define the amount of taken screenshots. 

The higher the value, the more precise the result. 

Important: Changing the values may result in 

longer calculation times.


You are here: Modules > Appearance Tab > Geometry Editor > Normals 

Normals 

The Normals Tab contains all functionalities to modify 

and correct geometries' face and vertex normals. 

Calc vertex Normals: 

Crease Angle: The Crease Angle sets the smoothness 

of all vertex normals of an object. The less the degree 

angle is entered the harder the vertex normals are 

set. A value of 0 degrees let a geometry appear 

facetted. A value of 45 degrees let a geometry appear 

smooth. 



Make Face and Vertex normals consistent: 

Sometimes the geometries' face and vertex normals are facing to different directions. This button sets face 

and vertex normals to one direction.


towards the camera direction 


away from the camera direction 

Face and vertext normals are inconsistent. The 

vertex normal faces towards the camera direction 

and the face normal faces away from the camera 

direction. 

Face and vertext normals are inconsistent. The face 

normal faces towards the camera direction and the 

vertex normal faces away from the camera direction. 

Swap normals: 

Face: 

Swaps the direction of face normals of the selected geometry. 

Vertex: 

Swaps the direction of vertex normals of the selected geometry. 

Face and Vertex: 

Swaps the direction of vertex and face normals of the selected geometry. 

Length: 

Normalize Normals:

Normalizes the length of face and vertex normals to a value of 1. This represents the length of the unit 

vector. 

Special: 

Swap only mirrored geometry normals: 

Swaps the face- and vertex normals of instanced geometry. 

Swap only non-mirrored geometry normals: 

Swaps the face- and vertex normals of non-instanced geometry 

Adjacency Selection: 

The crease angle value defines the maximum degree of face normals of a triangle. 

With this function, all triangles will be selected, which have a less tolerance to their neighbor triangles lower 

than the entered degree value. This function can be used to seperate multiple merged component parts of 

one mesh. 

Examples 

Crease angle 15° 


Crease angle 30°


You are here: Menus and icons tab 


In this Chapter you can find all information about Menus and Icons Tab in VRED Professional.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus 

Menus 

Here you can find all information about the menu tab on top of the VRED Professional User Interface.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Appearance 

Appearance 

In this chapter you can find all information about calculating ambient occlusion, adjusting geometry normals, 

setting up direct lights and adjusting materials.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Appearance > Light Editor 

Light Editor 

LightEditor 

Opens the LightEditor Module. Using the LightEditor Module linear lights sources can be created 

and edited. Light sources created with the LightEditor will be also listed in the scenegraph. 

Read LightEditor Module .


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Windows 

Windows 

In this chapter you can find information about creating several render windoes, showing content of the trash 

and undo/redo actions.


You are here: Modules > Variants Tab > Variants > Geometry Variants 


Geometry Variants: 

To access a Geometry Variant drag a geometry switch 

from the scenegraph into the empty left area of the 

geometry variants tab 


!All: Shows all available objects in the 

geometry switch in the Renderview. 




geometry switch. After the last item it jumps 


!Previous: Jumps to the previous item in the 

geometry switch until the first item. 

!Previous(Loop): Jumps to the previous item 

in the geometry switch. After the first item it 


Direct click on the name shows the geometry in the Renderview. 

Right mouse context menu --> create All: Puts all available Geometry Switches into the Geometry 

Variants 

Right mouse context menu --> rename: Renames a Geometry Variant 

Right mouse context menu --> delete: Deletes selected Geometry Variant 

Right mouse context menu --> clear: Deletes all Geometry Variants 

Right mouse context menu --> show Geometry: Shows activated geometry in the Renderview 

Right mouse context menu --> hide Geometry: Hides selected Geometry in the Renderview 

Right mouse context menu --> Select Nodes: Selects nodes in the Scenegraph


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab 

Rendering Tab 

This chapter provides all information about the Rendering Tab of VRED 

Professional


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > Postprocesing > PostFX 

PostFX 

PostFX 

Important: Post Effects are only available in 

OpenGL mode 

Glow: 

Size: The Glow size determines the 

surrounding glow size of an object. 

Intensity: The Glow intensity determines the 

brightness of the glow. 

See Material Attributes --> Glow to adjust the 

Glowintensitiy individually for each material 

Glare: 

Size: Determines the Glare Size 

Threshold: Determines the threshold of the 

brightness of a pixel where the glare effect 

starts 

Streaks: Streaks determine the maximum count of streaks. Higher values appear like stars 

Rotation: Streaks can be rotated in a specified angle. 

Depth of Field: 

Blur Size: determines the Size of the maximum Blur 

DoF Intensity: Determines the Strength of the depth of field 

Focus Distance: determines the the distance where dof starts to blur the image.


You are here: Modules > Rendering Tab > Postprocesing > Image Procesing 

Image Procesing 

Image Processing 

Tonemapping: Tonemapping offers the possibility to 

adjust image values like Exposure, Whitepoint and 

Gamma Correction. 

Color Correction: Color Correction offers the 

possibilty to adjust values like Hue, Saturation, 

Brightness and Contrast. 

Histogram: The Histogram shows the relative color 

distribution of the rendered image. This tool is very 

useful to detect overbright areas of light. Different 

modes are available. Logarithmic and linear display 

scale. Each color distribution can be viewed 

separately.


You are here: Scenegraph 

Scenegraph 

Scenegraph 

The Scenegraph lists all nodes the current scene 

consists of. 

There are different icons which give the user an 

indication about which types of node the scene 

consists. 

The basic node which is always the top node of each 

VRED scene is the Root node. The Root node is a 

group node. 

The Root group is the top node of each VRED file and 

cannot be deleted nor renamed or anyhow edited. 

All additional nodes must be children of the Root node. 

Mouse entries in the Scenegraph. 

Rename -> Left Mouse Click on a node to rename 

the selected node. 

Open node graph -> Double Left Mouse Click to enlarge the selected node`s graph. All children of the 

selected node will be displayed. 

Move objects in Scenegraph -> Left Mouse Click Drag to move nodes in the Scenegraph. While moving 

objects in the Scenegraph a blue or red indicator will be drawn. 

Blue - moves selected node into another node. 

Red - moves selected node at the specific position in the scene structure. 

Move objects from Scenegraph into RenderView -> Left Mouse Click Drag objects from the Scengraph 

into the RenderView to view only selected objects in the RenderView.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu 


Open Scenegraph Menu -> Right Mouse Click in the Scenegraph to open the Scengraph menu.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit 

Edit 

This chapter provides information about contextmenu funcions, the scenegraph in VRED Professional.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Unshare 

Unshare 

Unshare - Removes referenced connection. 

Referenced objects are indicated by an underline.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Split geometry 


Split geometry - splits the selected object into 

several meshes. A dialog box will open. Set the 

maximum amount of triangles each resulting mesh 

may have.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Delete 

Delete 

Delete - deletes the selected nodes. DEL.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Copy 

Copy 

Copy - copies the selected node and stores the nodes 

structures temporarily in the cache. CRTL + C


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Textures Tab 

Textures Tab 

Textures - in the textures tab material textures can 

be positioned on the selected objects. By default VRED 

uses the UV layout any imported object already has. 

Caution: As soon any change is made in the 

texture editor the previous UV layout will be 

fully replaced with a planar projection. 

The textures and textures´- attributes used 

by the selected material are listed in the 

texture window. 

Mapping - sets the planar projection 

settings. 

Plane Visibility - sets the planar 

projection plane visibility. 

Repeat X - sets the texture´s repetition 

on x-axis. 

Repeat Y - sets the texture´s repetition 

on y-axis. 

Offset X - sets the texture offset value. 

The Offset X defines how far the texture 

is shifted from the projection´s center 

position on the x axis. 

Offset Y - sets the texture offset value. The Offset Y defines how far the texture 

is shifted from the projection´s center position on the y axis. 

Rotation - sets the textures orientation. The Rotation value defines the amount 

of degree the texture is rotated away from the projection plane´s orientation. 

Map - updates the texture placement. 

Align plane - the projection plane will be aligned to the object´s normal direction. 

Instant mapping - activates texture placement updates as soon changes have taken place.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > SphereEnvironment Material 

SphereEnvironment Material 

SphereEnvironment Material - creates a 

SphereEnvironment material. SpehereEnvironment 

materials are needed by every Truelight material. 

They deliver have the IBL lighting model for each 

Truelight material they are assigned to embedded. 

The lighting of the Truelight materials can be adjusted 

with the settings of the SphereEnvironment material. 

Each SphereEnvironment material can be assigned as 

an input node in the Environment tab of each 

Truelight material. The SphereEnvironment Material is 

a single sided shader in OpenGL rendering mode. 

Environment - loads the HDR image, that will 

be used as light source. The HDR image will 

also be used as environment, which will be 

reflected on reflective surfaces In OpenGL 

rendering. In Raytraced Rendering the 3D 

space will be reflected in the surfaces. 

Exposure - sets the HDR image´s exposure 

level. The higher the exposure level is the 

longer series of shutter cycles which will be 

used to calculate the image´s light intensity. 

Gamma - encodes the linear luminance values 

into digital image file values. Gamma encoding 

helps to map data (both analog and digital) 

into a more perceptually uniform domain. 

Hue -Shift - shifts all colors in the HDR image uniformly through the Hue color range. 

Contrast - separates the light and dark color value further from each other. 

Brightness - raises the color value of the whole HDR image. 

Saturation - sets the HDR image´s satureation. 

Reflected Saturation - sets the HDR image´s saturation when the HDR image is being 

reflected in any surface. 

Transformation - with the transformation parameters the source of the spherical projection of 

the SphereEnvironment material can be set. 

Size - sets the SphereEnvironment material´s projection sphere. All objects that are outside of 

the projection sphere and are using a Truelight material, that have this SphereEnvironment 

Material as an input channel, will not be rendered properly. The size defines the radius of the 

projection sphere. The projection sphere must enclose all objects using a material, that has 

this SpehereEnvironment material as environment shader assigned. 

Center - defines the projection sphere´s center position. 

Get Center - sets the projection sphere´s center. To center the Projection pivot automatically, 


projection sphere`s pivot. 

Rotate X, Y, Z - sets the SphereEnvironment Material´s orientation. 

Scale x, Y, Z - sets the SphereEnvironment Material´s size. with the scale value the image 

projection can be stretched and squashed on any axis. 

Create Lightsources - opens a menu for positioning 3D light sources in the scene. The light 

sources will be positioned inside of the projection sphere of the SphereEnvironment material

and they will be orientated to its center position. The light sources will be created on basis of 

the HDR image examination. The brightest pixel´s intensity, color, orientation and position are 

evaluated to create new light sources. 

Left Mouse Click to select or frame select light sources. 

Middle Mouse Click and Drag to move selected light sources. 

Right Mouse Click to open dialog box. 

Light Source Manipulation - defines how light source will be created. 

Find Lightsources - scans the HDR image and positions indicators, where light 

sources should be created. 

Number of Lights - sets the amount of light sources to create. 

Merge Lightsources - merges selected light sources. All light values will be 

averaged. 

Delete Lightsources - deletes selected light sources. 

Create new Lightsources - creates new light sources. 

Lightsource Settings - defines how each light source`s attributes. 

Lightname - sets the selected lights name. 

Type of Lightsource - sets the selected light source`s type. 

Spotlight - Read Appearancce-> Lights -> SpotLight. 

Directionallight - Read Appearancce-> Lights->Directionallight. 

Intensity Scale - sets the light sources intensity. 

Shadow Intensity - sets the light sources shadow intensity. 

Lightsources - lists all lightsource´s names and attributes, that will be created. 

Create Selected - creates all listed light sources. 

Cancel - cancels light sources creation.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Environments Tab 


Environment - lists all SphereEnvironment Materials 

existing in the scene.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab 

Materials Tab 

Materials Tab 

In the MaterialsTab all materials in the current file are 

listed . Click Right Mouse button to open the 

MaterialEditor menu. 

Select create to create new materials.


You are here: Modules > Appearance Tab > Geometry Editor > Tesselation 

Tesselation 

Tesselation 

The tessellation tab provides the functionality for 

retessellation of surface (NURBS) data in the Scene. 

The tolerance value defines the maximum 

approximation for smoothness of tessellated 

geometry. The lower the vaule, the smoother the 

result and the higher the polygon count. 

Convert to convex primitives: 

Converts non-convex primitives to convex primitives.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Help 

Help 

Help 

About 

In the About window all informations about the VRED version, licnese request 

state and license agreement can be viewed. 

License - VRED GENERAL END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT 

You should carefully read this General License Agreement prior to using, 

installing, copying or duplicating this PI-VR GmbH software product. 

By downloading or copying or installing or using the Software you implicitly 

agree to all terms and conditions as set out within this Agreement and terms of 

use set out below. 

This Agreement applies to all versions of VRED whether current or obsolete, 

supported or unsupported. 

MANUFACTURER AND MARKETER 

VRED is manufactured and marketed by: 

PI-VR GmbH 

Robert-Bosch-Str. 7 

64293 Darmstadt 

Germany 

www.pi-vr.de 

info(at)pi-vr.de 

All correspondence regarding this Agreement should be directed to the address 

above. 

COPYRIGHT 

Copyright (c) 2001-2008 PI-VR GmbH 

All rights reserved. 

This Software product is a copyrighted work and is protected by German and 

international copyright laws and treaties. 

This Software product is licensed, not sold. It is, and shall remain at all times, 

the absolute and unrestricted property of PI-VR GmbH. Nothing in this 

Agreement shall prejudice, impair, jeopardize or otherwise adversely affect the 

rights of PI-VR GmbH as sole and exclusive owner of the Software. 

WARRANTY DISCLAIMER 

All efforts have been made to ensure that the Software is free from defects. The 

Software (including any and all accompanying software, files, data, and 

materials) are distributed and provided "as is" without any warranty whatsoever 

implied or otherwise. 

INDEMNITY AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS 

You ("the Client") hereby indemnify PI-VR GmbH (including all agents, 

distributors, sub-contracts, affiliates, branches, outlets and any other persons or 

companies associated with PI-VR GmbH worldwide) against any damages or 

claims that may arise from the use or miss-use of the Software. 

Under no circumstances does PI-VR GmbH authorize you to use the Software in 

applications or systems where the Software's failure to perform can reasonably 

be expected to result in a significant physical injury or loss of life. Any such use 

by you is entirely at your own risk, and you agree to hold PI-VR GmbH harmless 

from any and all claims or losses relating to such unauthorized use.

TERMS OF USE AND DISTRIBUTION 

The Software is supplied in three forms: Free Trials, VRED Photo Commercial, 

VRED Professional Commercial. 

For the purposes of this license a non-commercial entity is defined as any 

individual, educational institution, charity or humanitarian organization. 

For the purposes of this license a commercial entity is defined as any corporation 

registered or otherwise that derives or attempts to derive substantial commercial 

and monetary gain and benefit from its efforts and endeavors. This includes all 

Government and Military entities. 

Free Obsolete Software may be used free of charge by any commercial or noncommercial 

entity for commercial or non-commercial purposes under the terms 

and conditions set out in the GNU General Public License. 

Free Unsupported Software may be used free of charge by any non-commercial 

entity. It may be redistributed without restriction providing all conditions 

contained within this license are met. Commercial entities may only use this 

Software in order to review and appraise its functionality with a view to 

registering the Commercial Supported Software in the future. This review and 

appraisal is limited to 14-days from date of initial download. After this time the 

Commercial entity must uninstall and remove the Free Unsupported Software 

located on all of its computer systems owned, leased or otherwise. 

Commercial Supported Software may only be used after the appropriate 

registration fees have been paid for in full by any commercial or non-commercial 

entity. Commercial Supported Software cannot be redistributed. The commercial 

or non-commercial entity must be in possession of a license for each and every 

workstation or server on which the Commercial Supported Software is installed. 

The Commercial Supported Software can only be installed on workstations or 

servers owned or leased or operated by or on behalf of the licensee. Should you 

inadvertently or otherwise install the Commercial Supported Software on a 

workstation or server for which you do not have a license then you must either 

uninstall it or purchase one or more license packs to make up the shortfall. 

The Software cannot be used for any purpose, related or otherwise that involves 

any illegal or unauthorized attempt to gain access any computer system, any act 

of racism, vandalism, persecution, terrorism, general provoked or unprovoked 

aggression or war nor any other illegal, malicious or criminal activity. 

You cannot sell or market or rebrand or rebadged the Software and then attempt 

claim it as your own. You cannot ask for or attempt to claim any distribution 

fees or donations from any commercial or non-commercial entity by supplying 

them with any form of the Software that can be legally freely redistributed. 

The Software in all forms cannot be included as part of a saleable or commercial 

product distribution from which fees or royalties of any kind are derived without 

prior written consent from PI-VR GmbH. 

THIS CONDITION SUPERSEDES AND REPLACES ALL PREVIOUS AGREEMENTS 

EITHER DIRECT OR IMPLIED WITH ANY INDIVIDUAL OR CORPORATION. ALL 

INDIVIDUALS OR CORPORATIONS CURRENTLY REDISTRIBUTING VRED WITH A 

COMMERCIAL PRODUCT DISTRIBUTION MUST CEASE AND RE-OBTAIN WRITTEN 

CONSENT FROM PI-VR GMBH. 

Further, you may not modify, enhance, supplement, create any derivative work 

from, adapt, translate, reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble or otherwise 

reduce the Software to human readable form. 

TRANSFER 

A license can be transferred from the original licensee to a third party by 

advising PI-VR GmbH of the transfer in writing. This transfer can occur only once 

and cannot be perpetuated. Upon transfer all obligations of the original licensee 

are terminated and transferred to the new owner. The original licensee will 

immediately cease using the Software.

TERMINATION 

If you fail to comply with any of the provisions contained herein, PI-VR GmbH 

shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately without prior notice 

or legal proceeding. PI-VR GmbH shall have the right to commence the 

appropriate legal proceeding in order to recover costs, losses and damages as a 

result of the failure to comply. Upon termination, you must immediately 

discontinue the use and redistribution of the Software. 

Documentation 

Opens the Documentation window. In the documentation supported commands, 

classes and algorithm for programming in the supported script language Python 

are listed and described. 

Module Hierarchy 

vrAEBase: Contains the base functionality of all action and event classes. 

vrARTracking 

vrAmbientOcclusion 

vrAnimation 

vrChunkPtr 

vrCluster: Contains the functions to use the cluster module. 

vrCollision 

vrColorDialog: Contains the functionality to let the user interactivly choose a 

color. 

vrConnector 

vrController 

vrFade: Contains the functionality to fade objects. 

vrFieldAccess 

vrFileDialog: Contains the functionality to let the user interactivly choose file- or 

directory names. 

vrFileIO 

vrImagePtr 

vrInterpolator 

vrJoystick 

vrKey: Contains the functionality to receive key events. 

vrMaterialEditor 

vrMaterialPtr 

vrMenu 

vrMovieExport 

vrMoviePlayer2 

vrNodePtr 

vrNodeUtils 

vrOSGWidget: Example: 

vrOde 

vrOptimize: The vrOptimize module allows to optimize the representation of the 

graphical scene to speed up rendering.Example: 

vrParticle

vrParticle2 

vrQObject 

vrRoute 

vrSHLChunkPtr 

vrScenegraph: The vrScenegraph class contains all necessary functions to work 

in a scenegraph system. 

vrScript 

vrSwitch 

vrTextureChunkPtr 

vrTimer: Contains the functionality to receive timer events. 

vrTracking: Contains the functions to use the tracking module and to access 

various sensors, like buttons, bodies and dials. 

vrVariantSets: Contains the functionality to switch between defined variants of a 

model. 

vrVideoGrab 

vrViewPoint 

vrViewPoints: Contains the functionality to define/use viewpoints. 

vrVirtualEye 

vrWater 

vrWidget 

Class Hierarchy 

__builtin__.object: The most base type 

None.instance 

vrOSGWidget.Color3f 

vrFieldAccess.FieldContainerPtr 

vrImagePtr.ImagePtr 

vrImagePtr.vrImagePtr: A wrapper class for the OpenSG ImagePtr 

vrMaterialPtr.MaterialPtr 

vrMaterialPtr.vrMaterialPtr: A wrapper class for the OpenSG MaterialPtr 

vrNodePtr.NodePtr 

vrNodePtr.vrNodePtr: The NodePtr class is python representation of a node 

within the scenegraph. 

vrOSGWidget.Pnt3f 

vrSHLChunkPtr.SHLChunkPtr 

vrSHLChunkPtr.vrSHLChunkPtr: The SHLChunkPtr class provides direct access to 

all data of an OpenGL Shader Chunkr 

vrChunkPtr.StateChunkPtr 

vrChunkPtr.vrChunkPtr: The StateChunkPtr is the base class for access to every 

chunk of a material. 

vrTextureChunkPtr.TextureChunkPtr 

vrTextureChunkPtr.vrTextureChunkPtr: A wrapper class for the OpenSG 

TextureChunkPtr 

vrOSGWidget.Vec3f 

vrAEBase.vrAEBase: Base class for all actions and events 

vrARTracking.vrARTSensor 

vrCollision.vrCollision: Collision detection

vrFade.vrFade: vrFade fades the alpha values of objects below the specified 

node from opaque to full transparency in the first cycle. 

vrInterpolator.vrInterpolator: Transforms objects 

vrJoystick.vrJoystick: Joystick device handler 

vrKey.vrKey: The key class is used to define functionality to be called on key 

presses. 

vrMenu.vrMenu: Creates 3d menues and windows 

vrMoviePlayer2.vrMoviePlayer2: Maps a movie on a node 

vrOde.vrOde: Creates a physics simulation based on ode, this is just a 

demonstation no yet really useable. 

vrParticle.vrParticle: Particle simulation this is just an demonstrator 

vrParticle2.vrParticle2: Particles simulation 

vrSwitch.vrSwitch: Switches visibility of objects. 

vrTimer.vrTimer: The timer class is responsible to call time based functionality. 

vrTracking.vrTrackerSensor: The vrTrackerSensor class is the base class for all 

sensors like bodies, buttons and dials. 

vrTracking.vrTrackerAnalog: The vrTrackerAnalog class is a proxy class to access 

a tracking analog as defined in the Tracking GUI module. 

vrTracking.vrTrackerBody: The vrTrackerBody class is a proxy class to access a 

tracking body as defined in the Tracking GUI module. 

vrTracking.vrTrackerButton: The vrTrackerButton class is a proxy class to access 

a tracking button as defined in the Tracking GUI module. 

vrTracking.vrTrackerDial: The vrTrackerDial class is a proxy class to access a 

tracking dial as defined in the Tracking GUI module. 

vrVideoGrab.vrVideoGrab: Maps a video stream from a tv card or webcam on a 

node. 

vrViewPoint.vrViewPoint: Creates a event if specified viewpoint is reached 

vrVirtualEye.vrVirtualEye: Creates a virtual camera and maps the output on a 

node 

vrWater.vrWater: Just a kind of water cube demonstrator 

vrWidget.vrWidget: Create a qt gui from a type or a ui xml file 

vrFieldAccess.vrFieldAccess: The vrFieldAccess class offers access to any kind of 

data (fields) inside the scenegraph (regardless if it is a node, a geometry, 

material etc.) You get access to the fieldpointer within the materials or nodes via 

the fields()-method. 

vrQObject.vrQObject: A wrapper class for the qt object A wrapper class for the 

qt object. 

vrInterpolator.vrSlide 

vrInterpolator.vrRotationAxisSlide 

vrInterpolator.vrRotationSlide 

vrInterpolator.vrScaleSlide 

vrInterpolator.vrTranslationSlide 

__builtin__.type: type(object) -> the object's type type(name, bases, dict) -> a 

new type 

Changes 

Opens the Changes window. In the Changes window all version changes are 

listed. 

GL Info

Opens the GL Info window. In the GL Info window all by the graphics board 

supported OpenGL features and the current memory usage are displayed.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File 

File 

In this Chapter you can find all Information about loading, importing and saving data.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Windows > Terminal 

Terminal 

Terminal 

Opens the Terminal Module. In the Terminal 

window info, warning and error messages are 

listed. The Terminal window has an entry line, 

in which python commands can directly been 

executed.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Appearance > Ambient Occlusion 



Opens the Ambient Occlusion Module. Using the Ambient Occlusion Module ambient occlusion 

and indirect illumination can be pre calculated and pre rendered for usage in Open GL and 

Raytracing render mode. Read AmbientOcclusion Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Appearance > Geometry Editor 


GeometryEditor 

Opens the GeometryEditor Module. Using the GeometryEditor Module a range of geometry 

optimizations depending on the geometry type (polygon or nurbs) can be executed. Read 

GeometryEditor Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Stereo > Right eye 

Right eye 

Right eye 

Activates only right eye's stereo rendering view.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Windows > New render window 


New Render Window 

Starts up a new render window. 

Caution: For any additional render window opened, the complete currently loaded scene, since 

the system is running in Open GL mode, will be loaded again into the graphics boards Random 

Access Memory. Ensure that the graphics board has enough memory available. 

In Raytracing rendering mode the frame rate might slow down, since the frame rate depends 

primarily on the amount of pixels to be rendered. If the amount of pixels of all render-windows 

summed up stay unchanged, the frame rate will also stay on a stable level.


You are here: Modules > Variants Tab > Variants > Material Variants 


Material Variants: 

Material Variants are only available for Material 

Switches. To access a Material Variant, drag a 

MaterialSwitch into the empty left area of the Material 

Variants 





MaterialSwitch. After the last item it jumps 


!Previous: Jumps to the previous item in the 

MaterialSwitch until the first item. 

!Previous(Loop): Jumps to the previous item 

in the MaterialSwitch. After the first item it 


Direct click on the name activates the material on the geometry. 

Right mouse context menu --> create All: Puts all available Material Switches into the Material Variants 

Right mouse context menu --> rename: Renames a Material Variant 

Right mouse context menu --> delete: Deletes selected Material Variant 

Right mouse context menu --> clear: Deletes all Material Variants 

Right mouse context menu --> show Geometry: Shows assigned geometry in the Renderview 

Right mouse context menu --> hide Geometry: hides assigned geometry in the Renderview 

Right mouse context menu --> Select Nodes: Select Material Switch in the Material Editor


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Additional Options 


Hide - Hides selected nodes in the RenderView. 

show - Shows selected nodes in the RenderView. 

hide subtree - Hides the selected node`s subtree in the 

RenderView. 

show subtree - Shows selected node`s subtree in the RenderView. 

hide all - Hides all objects in the RenderView. 

show all - Shows all objects in the RenderView. 

view selected - Opens a new RenderWindow in which the selected 

objects will be rendered in an isolated render mode. 

select all - Selects all Root node`s children. 

deselect all - Deselects all objects. 

select subtree - Selects all subtree nodes. 

select parent - Selects selected object`s parent. 

invert selection - Deselects currently selected objects and selects currently deselected objects. 

rendervisibility - Read Rendering ->RenderLayer 

reset attributes Read Rendering ->RenderLayer 

invisible in alpha Read Rendering ->RenderLayer 

Find - A search process can be executed to find nodes in the Scenegraph. A dialog box will open. 

Search Enter search expression - Enter a search expression to find a node. Regular expressions are 

supported as search entry when Regular Expression is activated.

Node Type - Sets a filter to specify the node type for the search process. 

Selection 

Action - Sets the action to be executed for the found objects. 

Select - Select all searched objects. 

Add to selection - add searched objects to current selection. 

Sub from selection - remove searched objects from current selection. 

Scroll to selected - Scroll the Scenegraph view to the selected object`s node. 

Scenegraph slider - The Scenegraph slider is placed at the bottom edge of the Scenegraph. Sliding the 

Scenegraph slider to the right, the Scenegraph structure will expand with every step the next child level. 

Sliding the Scenegraph slider to the left, every step will close a child level.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create 

Create 

Create - All function in the create menu will add additional nodes to the scene. The nodes created will be 

created as a child of the currently selected node. If no node is selected the new node will be child of the 

Root node.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Custom 

Custom 

Custom - creates costum nodes. Enter the costum 

node name.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Rename 

Rename 

Rename - renames the selected node. Enter new 

node name. CRTL + R-


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Clone 

Clone 

Clone - opens the clone dialog box. Using the clone 

function objects can be duplicated in the scene. 

Mirror - the duplicated object will be mirrored at the 

selected axis. 

Flush Matrix - the matrix used to position the mirrored 

objects will be deleted after mirroring. 

Deep copy - the duplicated objects will not reference 

to the original objects memory address. 

For each copy a new node structure will be created.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Split geometry in triangles 


Split geometry in triangles - splits the selected 

object into triangles. This function is much faster than 

the Split geometry function. CRTL + SHIFT + T.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Cut 

Cut 

Cut - cuts the selected objects out of the Scenegraph 

and stores the nodes structures temporarily in the 

cache. CRTL + X


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Library Tab 

Library Tab 

Library - in the library´s tab material libraries can be 

accessed, created and edited. In the left scenegraph 

the material libraries are listed. In the right window all 

materials are listed with a preview render. Right 

Mouse click into the left scenegraph to open the 

library menu. 

Add Current Material - adds the currently 

selected material to the selected library. 

Create Library - creates a new library. Library 

groups can be added to the library. All created 

libraries will be available on startup. 

Create Group - creates a library group. All 

library materials con be grouped and sorted 

very comfortable. This makes it easier for the 

user to quickly find specific materials. 

Remove - deletes selected library or library 

group. 

Update - updates the material library´s 

scenegraph. 

Right Mouse Click on a material in the right 

library window. 

Apply to selected node - applies 

selected material to selected nodes. 

Remove - deletes selected material from current library.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials 


Create Truelight Material - Creates new Truelight material.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Tire Material 

Tire Material 

Tire Material - creates a Truelight Tire Material. The 

Tire Material is especially designed to quickly texture 

tires and give them a rubber shading. 



















Reflectivity - Sets the material´s reflectivity 

intensity. 

Color Texture 

Use Marking - loads an image texture which will be applied to the tire`s sides 

for the diffuse color channel. The image will be used as a pattern on the 

surface`s sides. 

Use Profile - loads an image texture which will be applied as the tire´s profile 

for the diffuse color channel. The image will be used as a pattern on the surface 

´s middle. 






for the specular channel. The image will be used as a specular pattern on the 

surface´s sides. 

Use Profile - loads an image texture which will be applied as the tire`s profile 

for the specular channel. The image will be used as a pattern on the surface´s 

middle. 


Bump Texture 


for the bump channel. The image will be used as a bump pattern on the surface 

´s sides. 

Use Profile - loads an image texture which will be applied as the tire´s profile

for the bump channel. The image will be used as a pattern on the surface´s 

middle. 


texture. 

Parallax Intensity - sets the intensity of the parallax shifting. 

Texture Settings - sets the texture projection position of the used textures. 

Center - sets the brush projection center. To center the Projection pivot 

automatically, select an object and press "Get Center". Then the selected object 

´s center will be used as projection pivot. 

Repeat U/V - sets the U and v repetition of the profile texture. 

Sale - sets the texture´s scale value for the marking texture. 

Blendposition - sets the marking and profile texture blend position. 








repetition. 



repeated. 






















illumination settings from the surrounding HDR will be taken into account




sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > EnvironmentSwitch Material 

EnvironmentSwitch Material 

Environment Switch Material - creates a bin shader, in which SphereEnvironment materials can be stored 

and selectively addressed. The Environment Switch Material can be assigned as a standard 

SphereEnvironment Material to any Truelight material. 

Choice - sets the SphereEnvironment material`s ID to be used. By changing the 

SphereEnvironment Switch material`s Choice ID different SphereEnvironment materials can be 


Right Mouse Click to list all existing SphereEnvironment Materials. Select each 

SphereEnvironment material to be connected to the Environment Switch Material. All 

SphereEnvironment Materials connected will be listed in the Environment Switch Material.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Additional Options 


Find - opens a dialog box. With the find function the MaterialEditor can be scanned to find a specified node. 

The node can be searched by using regular expression rules. 

Select Nodes - selects all geometry nodes with the selected material assigned. 

Add Nodes to Selection - adds all geometry nodes with the selected material assigned to the current 

objects selected. 

Add to material Library - adds selected material to the currently selected material library group. 

Apply to selected Nodes - assign selected material to the current objects selected. 

Apply Environment to all Materials - Select a SphereEnvironment Material or an Environment Switch 

Material. A dialog box opens. If no name is entered the selected SphereEnvironment Material or Environment 

Switch Material will be connected to all Truelight Materials in the scene. If a Sphere Environment Material`s 

or an Environment Switch Material`s name is entered the selected SphereEnvironment or Environment Switch 

Material will be connected to all Truelight Materials that are currently connected to the entered 

SphereEnvironment or Switch Environment Material. 

Scroll to Selected - centers the selected material in the MaterialEditor´s material lsit. 

Filter - the filter function displays the filtered node type in the MaterialEditor´s material list. 

Off - deactivates any filtering. 

EnvironmentMaterial - lists all Environment Materials. 

BRDFMaterial - lists all BRDF Materials. 

EnvironmenSwitchtMaterial - lists all Environment Switch Materials. 

ChunkMaterial - lists all Chunk Materials. 

SimpleMaterial - lists all Simple Materials. 


SwitchMaterial - lists all Switch Materials. 

MultipassMaterial - lists all Multipass Materials. 


CGFXMaterial - lists all CGFX Materials. 

Statistic - a dialog box opens. A brief MaterialEditor summery is listed. 

Number of Materials - displays the amount of materials used in the scene. 

Number of Textures - displays the amount of textures used in the scene. 

Texture Memory - displays the amount of memory used for all textures. 

Import Material Library - imports a material library. The material library must be saved as an osb or vpb 

file. 

Update - updates the MaterialEditor`s material list. All materials are listed alphabetically from top to bottom.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Info 

Info 

Info 

NodeEditor 

Opens the Node Editor. In the Node Editor all node parameters are listed and 

can be edited. Read NodeEditor.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Export 

Export 

The export function provides information exporting images, movies, Sequencer batches and Variants.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > New 

New 

New 

Creates an empty new scene. the current scene will be closed.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Windows > Undo/Redo history 


Undo/Redo History 

Opens the Undo/Redo History window. Here all undo and redo operations are listed.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Stereo 

Stereo 

In this chapter you can find all informtion about setting up stereoscopic views in VRED Professional.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Stereo > Left eye 

Left eye 

Left eye 

Activates only left eye's stereo rendering view.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Windows > Trash 

Trash 

Trash 

Opens the trash window. Here all deleted nodes are listed. Clearing the trash reduces the 

memory used.


You are here: Modules > Variants Tab > Variants > Light Variants 


Light Variants: 

To access a Material Variant, drag a Light source from 

the scenegraph into the empty left area of the Light 

Variants 


!Disable: Disables the selected Light. 

!Enable: Enables the selected Light 

!Toggle: Toggles between the available Lights. 

Right mouse context menu --> Create All: Puts all 

available Lights into the Lights Variants 

Right mouse context menu --> rename: Renames 

a Light Variant 

Right mouse context menu --> delete: Deletes 

selected light 

Right mouse context menu --> clear: Deletes all lights


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Convert to 

Convert to 

Group - Converts the selected node to a Group node. 

MaterialGroup - Converts the selected node to a 

MateriaGroup node. 

Transform - Converts the selected node to a 

Transform node. 

ComponentTransform - Converts the selected node 

a ComponentTransform node. 

Switch - Converts the selected node to a Switch 

node. 

StereoSwitch - Converts the selected node to a StereoSwitch node. 

HostSwitch - Converts the selected node to a HostSwicth node. 

DistanceLOD - Converts the selected node to a DistanceLOD node. 

custom - Converts the selected node to a costum node.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Group 

Group 

Group - creates a group node. When you need to 

move, scale or rotate multiple objects as one unit it is 

easier if they have been grouped together so that they 

transform as one unit.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Clip Plane 

Clip Plane 

Clipplane - creates a clipping plane. A clipping plane 

is a border behind which objects will be clipped. All 

objects which are children of the Clipplane will be 

affected by the Clipplane. To move the Clipplane 

independent of its children select Info->NodeEditor- 

>Editor-> beacon and enter the 

ComponentTranform ID.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Paste clone 

Paste clone 

Paste clone - pastes the currently in the cache stored 

nodes into the Scenegraph as clone. Also known as a 

referenced object. Referenced objects are indicated by 

an underline. CRTL + SHIFT + V


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Unsplit geometries with one triangle 

Unsplit geometries with one triangle 

Unsplit geometries with one triangle - merges all 

triangles which are children of the selected node. This 

function is much faster than the Merge geometry 

function. CRTL + SHIFT + T.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Paste 

Paste 

Paste - pastes the currently in the cache stored nodes 

into the Scenegraph. CRTL + V


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > NPR Material 

NPR Material 

NPR Material - in the NPR settings Tab the shading settings for the NPR rendering mode can be set. 

Shading - sets the shading type. 

Cool to Warm. 

Attributes 

Warm Color - sets the shading color for the surface´s areas that have normals 

pointing to a light source. 

Cool Color - sets the shading color for the surface´s areas that have normal 

pointing away from light sources. 

Range of Objects Color 

Alpha - defines the warm color range. 

Beta - defines the cool color range. 

Specular Light - sets the specular spread. 

Specular Color - sets the specular color.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Phong 

Phong 

Phong - creates a Truelight Phong Material. The 

Phong material uses the Phong shading algorithm. 



















Color Texture 

Use Texture - loads an image texture for the 

diffuse color channel. The image will be used 

as a pattern on the surfaces. Read 

MaterialEditor -> Textures for texture 

placement. 

Use Alpha Channel - uses the alpha channel 

of the image texture if it has an alpha channel 

embedded. 

Repeat mode - sets the repeat mode of the 

texture. There are four modes, which can be 

set. 

Repeat - the texture will be repeated in all 

directions. 

Repeat Mirror - the texture will be repeated 

and mirrored in x- and y-axis on every 

repetition. 



repeated. 

Anisotrophy - sets the texture filter quality for the image texture. 1 is lowest quality. 16 is 

highest quality. 


Specular Texture

Use Texture - loads an image texture for the specular color channel. The image will be used 

as a pattern on the surfaces. Read MaterialEditor -> Textures for texture placement. 




repetition. 



repeated. 




Bump Texture 


Use Texture - loads an image texture for the bump channel. The image will be used as a 

pattern on the surfaces. Read MaterialEditor -> Textures for texture placement. 




repetition. 



repeated. 



Parallax Intensity - sets the parallax shift interpretation of the bump image texture. 

Bump Intensity - sets the bump intensity interpretation of the bump image texture. 

Structure Size - sets the structure size when the procedural bump structure is activated. 

Bump Type - sets the bump type. In OpenGL mode the bump mapping can be drawn as bump 

map or as displacement map. In Raytracing rendering mode only bump mapping is supported. 









repetition. 



repeated. 



























sampled. 


and sampled. 





















sampled. 

Sample Indirect Light - only indirect light rays will be rendered

and sampled. 























or interactive Global Illumination rendering. 






You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Carbon 2D Material 


Carbon Material2D - creates a Truelight Carbon2D 


surfaces. 


























2X2 - 

3X1 staircase - 

3X1 interleave - 

5X1 - 







Bump Texture 



texture. 


activated. 


Incandescence Settings - the incandescence defines the shader´s self-illumination behavior.







repetition. 



repeated. 


























sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Shadow Material 


Shadow Material - creates a Truelight Shadow 

material. The Shadow Material is by default a 

transparent material, that only becomes shaded at 

areas of pre-calculated ambient occlusion shadows, 

shadows calculated by the linear lights sources or 

global illumination light sources. 

Shadow Settings - defines the color and 

intensity of the shaded areas. 

Occlusion Color - sets the color of the precalculated 

ambient occlusion shadows. 

Shadow Color - sets the shadow color of all 


Opacity Mode 

Transparent - render the Shadow 

Material by default transparent. 

Solid - render the Shadow Material by 

default white. 

Soft key - sets the render priority of the 

Shadow Material. Only supported in OpenGL 

mode.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Convert 

Convert 

Phong - converts the selected node to a Phong material 

All to Phong - converts all materials to Phong materials 

To Truelight Material - converts selected material to the chosen Truelight material 

All to Truelight Material - converts all materials to Phong Truelight materials.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Rendering > Render Layer 

Render Layer 

RenderLayer 

Opens the RanderLayer Module. Using the RenderLayer Module the scene can be split up into 

separate matching layers to be prepared for further refining in the post process. Read 

RenderLayer Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Import 

Import 

Import 

With the import function additional file types and meta information can be added to the current scene. 

Sequences - A Sequence setup for the Sequencer Module can be added to the current scene. 

Variants - A Variants setup for the VariantsSets Module can be added to the current scene.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Export > CubeImages 

CubeImages 

CubeImages 

A dialog box appears, where the location for saving the cube image can be selected. The cube 

image render settings can be set in the Preferences Editor.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Open 

Open 

Open 

Opens files. A dialog box will open up in which you can choose. One or more files can be 

selected. By default VRED supports the following file types besides it's native file type VPB: 

OSB 

OBJ 

FBX 

Maya (mb, ma) 

3ds 

FHS 

OSG 

SLP 

PY 

XML 


POV and IV


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Preferences 

Preferences 

Preferences 

Opens the Preference Editor.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Stereo > Stereo settings 


Stereo Settings 

Opens the Editor for Stereo settings. 

Eye Seperation - Sets the viewer's eye left and right eye distance in 

millimeters. 

Zero parallax distance - Sets the viewer's focus distance.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Stereo > Tridelity Multiview 


Tridelity Multi-View 

Activates a multi view (five view) stereo rendering mode, appropriate for Tridelity active stereo 

Displays and further comparable hardware.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Optimize execute 


Optimize execute - executes the optimize process 

with the current optimize settings.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Material Group 


Materialgroup - creates a Materialgroup node. All 

nodes, which are children of a Materialgroup node, 

will receive a material override flag. Even though they 

will keep their initial material assignment, as soon 

they become children of the Materialgroup node, they 

will be shaded in the RenderView with the 

Materialgroup`s material assignment.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Sound Obstructor 


SoundObstructor - creates a SoundObstructor node. 

A SoundObstructor node stops a sound file playing, 

when it is covered by the SoundObstructor in the 

RenderView.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Subdivide geometry 


Subdivide geometry - subdivides the selected 

geometry into more triangles. A dialog box will open. 

Enter the maximum edge length of the new triangles 

being created.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Multipass Material 


Multipass Material - creates a bin shader, in which 

Truelight materials can be layered. The first material 

in the list is the first rendered and the following 

shaders are rendered according to their position in list 

from top to bottom. 

Analytic Material Tab - in the analytic 

material tab the shading settings for the 

analytic rendering mode can be set. 

Use Realistic Settings - synchronizes 

the Analytic Material´s settings 

channels with the Realistic Material 

settings.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Unicolor Paint Material 


Unicolor Paint Material - creates a Truelight 

Unicolor Paint Material. The Unicolor Paint Material 

offers a shading model suited for unicolor painted 

surfaces. 


the Unicolor Paint Material. This is the color the 


light. 

Clearcoat Settings - sets the clearcoat color. 

The clearcoat is a transparent, strongly 


Clearcoat Color - sets the clearcoat 

color. 

Reflectivity - sets the clearcoat 

reflective intensity. 

Orange Peel - activates a noisy bump 

structure in the shader. 

Orange Peel Frequency - sets the 

bump structure`s noise frequency. 

Orange Peel Intensity - sets the 

bump structure`s intensity. 


Low - sets the noise quality to 

low. Low quality uses less 

memory. 










repetition. 



repeated. 



Common Settings





Glow Intensity - sets the shaders glow intensity. Glow is a post-processing effect. To render 


















sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Carbon Material 


Carbon Material - creates a Truelight Carbon 


surfaces. 


























2X2 - 

3X1 staircase - 

3X1 interleave - 

5X1 - 







Pattern Orientation (Rotate X, Y, Z) - sets the pattern direction on x, y and z 

projection direction. 

Bump Texture 



texture. 


activated. 

Noise Quality - sets the procedural bump structure texture quality.








repetition. 



repeated. 


























sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Switch Material 


Switch Material - creates a bin shader, in which Truelight materials can be stored and selectively 

addressed. 

Choice - sets the SphereEnvironment material´s ID to be used. By changing the 

SphereEnvironment material`s Choice ID different SphereEnvironment materials can be 




With the MaterialEditor´s copy and paste function Truelight Materials can be added.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Edit 

Edit 

Right-Klick on a material and choose edit. 

Copy - caches the selected material or chunk. 

Paste - pastes the currently cached material or chunk. 

Paste Clone - pastes the currently cached material or chunk as a referenced node. 

Rename - Renames the selected node. 

Delete - deletes the selected node. Only nodes which are unused (not ssigned to any object) can be deleted 

Duplicate - duplicates the selected material or chunk. 

Unshare - deletes material references. 

Share Materials - creates material references. 

Remove Unused Materials - deletes all materials, that are not unused, not assigned to any object or 

connected to any material bin. 

Reference Unused Materials - references unused materials to reduce memory usage. 

Optimize Materials - deletes all unused materials, references unused materials und optimizes textures. 

Optimize Textures - converts all RGB textures connected to channels, where only grayscale textures are 

needed to grayscale textures.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Rendering 

Rendering 

This Chapter provides information about setting up clustering, adjusting post effects, setting up raytracing 

parameters and creating renderlayers.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Rendering > Raytracing Settings 



Opens the Raytracing Module. In the Raytracing Module all settings for raytraced rendering can 

be defined. Read Raytracing Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Save selected 

Save selected 

Save selected 

Saves the currently selected node(s) in a new file. A dialog box will open up, in which the 

location, file type and name for saving can be selected. If no file ending is entered the file will 

be saved in the VRED native file type, VPB. 


OSB 

OBJ 

Maya (mb, ma) 

FHS 

OSG 

SLP 

PY 

XML 


POV and IV.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Export > Images 

Images 

Images 

A dialog box with the image export settings appears. The current Renderview will be rendered 

with the settings set in the Image Export dialog box. 


Dpi - Dots per inch. Defines the embedded image resolution dot per inch. 

Size - Calculates the resulting image size in mm depending on the dpi and pixel 

resolution. 

Supersampling Sets the supersampling quality for rendering. Off, Low, 

Medium or High. 

Export image with alpha channel - Activates alpha channel rendering. The 

alpha channel will be embedded into the resulting image, if the file type supports 

alpha channel. The alpha channel color can be separately selected. 


Show Snapshot Frame - Draws a yellow frame into the RenderView, indicating 

the target image to be rendered. 

Export Renderpasses - Activates rendering with render passes. All activated 

render passes will be rendered and saved at a time.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Add 

Add 

Add 

Adds files to the current scene. A dialog box will open up, in which the files to add can be 

selected. The file will be added in the Scenegraph as children of the currently selected node. If 

there is no node selected in the Scenegraph, then the added objects will become children of 

the root node. All objects of each added file are grouped in a group node. Imported file are 

marked dark blue in the scenegraph.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit 

Edit 

In this chapter you can find all information about scripting in VRED Professional, creating Backplates, setting 

up selection modes and setting global preferences.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Selection > Select seamless surfaces with aligned normals 

Select seamless surfaces with aligned normals 

Select seamless surfaces with aligned normals 

Select all faces and patches, which are seamless connected to the selected object and have 

face normals aligned with the selected object.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Stereo > Powerwall settings 


Powerwall Settings 

Opens the Editor for Powerwall settings. 

Projection Window 

Height - Sets the projection window's height size. 

Distance -Sets the projection window's distance from the viewer. 

Enable Powerwall mode - Activates Powerwall Rendering. 

Width - Sets the projection window's width size.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Stereo > Green/Magenta 

Green/Magenta 

Green/Magenta 

Activates the Green/Magenta stereo rendering mode.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Optimize 

Optimize 

Optimize - opens the Optimize menu. The optimize 

functions help optimizing the scene and thereby 

raising the render performance. All optimization 

processes will be applied to the selected nodes and 

their children 

Filter 

Remove Points - removes all points. 

Remove Lines -removes all lines. 

Remove LODs (keep best quality)- removes 

all DistanceLOD nodes and keeps the first child. 

Remove LODs (keep lowest quality) -removes all DistanceLOD nodes and keeps the last 

child. 

Remove Switches - removes all Switch nodes. 

Remove degenerated polygons - removes all polygon nodes which cannot be drwan. 

Remove Vertex normals - removes all vertex normals. 

Remove Vertex Color #1 - removes all first vertex color information. 

Remove Vertex Color #2 - removes all second vertex color information. 

Remove Texturecoordinates #1 - #8 - each object node can have up to eight Texture UV 

sets. Each of them can be deleted separately from each other. 

Remove MaterialGroup nodes with no children - removes empty MaterialGroup nodes. 

Remove empty Geometry nodes - deletes empty geometry nodes. 

Remove identity Transform - removes identity Transform nodes. 

Remove invalid Texturecoordinates - deletes invalid texture coordinates. 

Flush/Unflush 

Flush Transformation nodes (adjust face normals) - converts Transform nodes to Group 

nodes and adjusts the face normals appropriate. 

Flush Transform nodes - converts Transform nodes to Group nodes. 

Flush MaterialGroup nodes - deletes MaterialGroup nodes. 

Flush Textgens - deletes texture uv layouts. 

Share 

Geometries - references duplicated and mirrored geometries. 

GeometryProperties - references duplicated geometry properties. 

Materials - references duplicated materials. 

Textures - references duplicated textures. 

BlendChunks - references duplicated BlendChunks. 

Optimization

Triangulate - triangulates all polygon meshes. Faces with four and more edges will be split in 

the appropriate number of triangles. 

TriangulateReIndex - triangulates all polygon meshes. Faces with four and more edges will 

be split in the appropriate number of triangles. The vertex indices will be reassigned. 

Octree - an octree structure will be created for selected objects. 

Merge materials - identical materials will be merged to one. 

Merge Geometry nodes - Geometries which fulfill all preconditions for merging will be 

merged. Read Scenegraph-> Edit ->Merge. 

Cleanup group nodes - Groups which have less than two children will be filtered. Read 

Scenegraph->Edit->Filter. 

Unify Vertices - identical vertices will be merged. 

Create indices - creates indices for objects if no indices are existing. 

Sort indices - sorts objects indices.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Transform 

Transform 

Transform - creates a Transform node. A Transform 

node represents a transformation matrix for object 

transformations. All transformation parameters, for 

example transformation, rotation, scale..., are 

calculated into a single transform matrix.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Sound 

Sound 

Sound - creates a Sound node. With a sound node 

sound files can be embedded into a scene. To enter 

the sound file`s source select Info->NodeEditor- 

>Editor-> SoundFile.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Group by material 


Group by material - groups the Scenegraph`s 

objects by assigned materials. Caution: The whole 

scenegraph structure will be rearranged.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Metallic Paint Material 


Metallic Paint Material - creates a Truelight Metallic 

Paint Material. The Metallic Paint Material offers a 

shading model suited for metallic painted surfaces like 

metallic carpaint. 


the Metallic Paint Material. This is the color the 


light. 







Flake color - Sets the metallic shiny 

flakes` base color. 

Roughness - the Roughness parameter 

defines the amount of diffuse reflection 

and, its complement specular reflection. 

The higher the roughness value, the 

more diffuse reflections will be 

rendered. 



direction. 



















repetition. 



repeated. 


























sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 




Sample Direct Light - only direct light rays will be rendered and sampled.



sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Glass Material 


Glass Material - creates a Truelight Glass Material. 

The Glass Material simulates glass surface behaviors. 

Exterieur Transparency - sets the shader´s 




directions. The brighter the diffuse reflection 

color is, the more transparent the material 

becomes. 

Interieur Transparency - sets the shader´s 




directions and the surface normals` direction is 

pointing away from camera. The brighter the 

diffuse reflection color is, the more transparent 

the material becomes. Only supported in 

OpenGL rendering mode. 







reflected ray) make the same angle with respect to the surface normal, thus the angle of 



Refraction Index - sets the material´s refraction index. Only supported in Raytracing 


Frosted Glass - simulates frozen glass and iced structures. 

Use Frosted Glass - activates frosted Glass. 



more diffuse reflection will be rendered. 

Bump Texture 











Clamp - not the whole texture will be repeated. Only the last pixel of the texture





texture. 


texture. 


activated. 












repetition. 



repeated. 























Precomputed Illumination - no Sampling takles place. Only the




sampled. 


and sampled. 





















sampled. 


and sampled. 























or interactive Global Illumination rendering.






You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Standard Materials > Phong Material 


Phong Material - creates a Phong Material. The 

Phong Material is a simple phong shading model, 

which does not support any HDRI lighting. The simple 

Material is only visible, when it is light by standard 


Front 






reflection of the surface is spread to a brought range of directions. 










You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Variants > Variants Sets 

Variants Sets 

VariantsSets 

Opens VariantsSets Module. In The VariantsSets Module complex variation setups can be 

defined and executed with a single initiator. Read VariantsSets Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Rendering > Post Processing 



Opens the PostProcessing Module. In the PostProcessing module realtime postprocessing effects 

can be added to the scene. Read PostProcessing Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Save as 

Save as 

Save as 

saves the current file. A dialog box will open up, in which the location, file type and name for 

saving can be selected. If no file ending is entered the file will be saved in the VRED native file 

type, VPB. 


OSB 

OBJ 

Maya (mb, ma) 

FHS 

OSG 

SLP 

PY 

XML 


POV and IV


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Export > Movie 

Movie 

Movie 

A dialog box with the image export settings appears. All currently activated animations will be 

rendered with the settings set in the Image Export dialog box. 

Start frame - Sets the start frame of the sequence to be rendered. 

Stop frame - Sets the end frame of the sequence to be rendered. 

Frames per second - Sets the frame rate for the image sequence. 


Supersampling - Sets the supersampling quality for rendering. Off, Low, Medium or High. 

Export image with alpha channel - Activates alpha channel rendering. The alpha channel 

will be embedded into the resulting image, if the file type supports alpha channel. The alpha 

channel color can be separately selected. 


Show Snapshot Frame - Draws a yellow frame into the RenderView, indicating the target 

image to be rendered. 

Export Renderpasses - Activates rendering with render passes. All activated render passes 

will be rendered and saved at a time.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Save 

Save 

Save 

Saves the current file with its current file type and current name if supported.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Script 

Script 

Script 

Opens the Script Editor. In the Script Editor Python scripts can be written and executed in 

VRED Professional.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Selection 

Selection 

Selection 

Additional selection option can be activated.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Selection > Make normals consistent 



Select with ALT + Left Mouse Click to makes the vertex and face normals of each selected 

object consistent.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Stereo > Disabled 

Disabled 

Disabled 

By default the stereo mode is set to disabled.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Stereo > Blue/Yellow 

Blue/Yellow 

Blue/Yellow 

Activated the Blue/Yellow stereo rendering mode.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Edit > Group selection 


Group selection - groups selected objects. A new 

group node will be created and all selected objects 

will be attached as children of the new node.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > ComponentTransform 

ComponentTransform 

ComponentTransform - creates a 

ComponentTransform node. A ComponentTransfrom 

node represents a range of transformation matrixes. 

Each matrix holds a specific transformation type. So 

there are three different matrixes for transformation, 

rotation and scale. When an object is transformed in 

VRED and it has no ComponentTransform node at that 

time, a ComponentTransform node will be created 

automatically.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Spot Light 

Spot Light 

Spotlight - creates a SpotLight node. A SpotLight is a 

lightsource, which casts light beams from a single 

point to a specific direction. Read Appearance-> 

LightEditor ->Create-> SpotLight.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Flip Flop Material 


Flip Flop Material - creates a Truelight Flip/Flop 

Material. The Flip/Flop Material offers a shading model 

suited for metallic painted surfaces like metallic 

carpaint which are changing their color depending on 

the camera`s viewing angle. 


the Flip/Flop Material. This is the color the 


light. 








flakes` first color. This color is getting 

stronger and more brilliant the further 

the normal orientation is pointing away 

from the camera. 


flakes` second color. This color is 

getting stronger and more brilliant the 

more the normal orientation is pointing 

towards the camera. 



more diffuse reflections will be rendered. 



direction. 













Incandescence Color - sets the self-illumination color.






repetition. 



repeated. 


























sampled. 



samples. 








Still-frame Quality - sets the render-quality mode and render-quality level during still frame

filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Triplanar Reflective Material 

Triplanar Reflective Material 

Reflective Triplanar Material - creates a Truelight 

Reflective Triplanar Material. The Reflective Triplanar 

Material is suitable to simulate shiny and glossy 

plastic and comparable surfaces. All surfaces finished 

with a clearcoat can be perfectly visualized using this 

shader. 















intensity. 

Triplanar Settings - the triplanar settings 

define how the texture will be placed on the 

surface and how the planar projection will be 

blended at the edges. 


each other. 





Color Texture 












Bump Texture 

Use Structure - activates a procedural bump structure.




texture. 










repetition. 



repeated. 


























sampled. 



samples.









filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Standard Materials 


This chapter provides information about standard OpenGL shaders, available in VRED Professional.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Standard Materials > CGFX Material 

CGFX Material 

CGFX Material - creates a CGFX material node. CGFX scripts can be loaded into the CGFX material node. 

Effect - loads a cgfx script.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Variants 

Variants 

This chapter provides information about setting up Variants and Varianrt Sets.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Variants > Variants 

Variants 

Variants 

Opens the Variants Tool. In the Variants Tool variations of switch positions can be defined. 

Read Variants Tool.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Export > Sequences 

Sequences 

Sequences 

All sequences set in the Sequencer Module will be saved in a separate xml file.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Run Script 

Run Script 

Run Script 

Executes the current script in the Script Editor.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Delete Backplate 



deletes all existing Backplates in the scene.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Stereo > Double buffered 



Activates double buffered rendering in OpenGL mode for stereo view when supported by the 

graphics board.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Stereo > Red/Cyan 

Red/Cyan 

Red/Cyan 

Activates the Red/Cyan stereo rendering mode.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Billboard 

Billboard 

Billboard - creates a Billboard node. A Billboard node 

can align its children to the camera. Billboard align 

axis can be set under Info->NodeEditor->Editor.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Point Light 

Point Light 

PointLight - creates a PointLight node. A PointLight is 

a lightsource, which casts light beams from a single 

point into all directions. Read Appearance-> 

LightEditor ->Create-> PointLight.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Line Chrome Material 


Line Chrome Material - creates a Truelight Line 

Crome Material. This material is especially designed to 

shade tiny line structures like windscreen heat-pipes 

and similar structures. 


color. 


reflections. 


amount. 

Line Width - sets the thickness of the lines 

drawn. 








repetition. 



repeated. 















Raytracing Settings - these settings take only effect in Raytracing rendering mode.











sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 



















IBL + OpenGL - the shader will be affected by the HDR Image and the direct light sources





You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Triplanar Material 


Triplanar Material - creates a Truelight Triplanar 

Material. The Triplanar Material is suitable to simulate 

diffuse plastic or leather surfaces. Activating the bump 

and texture channel a wide range of diffuse surface 

structures can be simulated. 




















intensity. 

Triplanar Settings - the triplanar settings define how the texture will be placed on the surface 

and how the planar projection will be blended at the edges. 


each other. 





Color Texture 











Input Gamma - sets the texture image gamma correction.

Bump Texture 





texture. 










repetition. 



repeated. 


























sampled.



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Standard Materials > Simple Materials 


Simple Material - creates a Simple Material. The 

Simple Material is a simple shading model, which does 

not support any HDRI lighting. The simple Material is 

only visible, when it is light by standard light sources. 

Front 






reflection of the surface is spread to a 

brought range of directions. 










You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > Standard Materials > Chunk Material 


Chunk Material - creates a Chunk material node. The chunk material node is an empty material bin node, 

which can be customized by adding additional chunk attributes.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Animation > Sequencer 

Sequencer 

Sequencer 

Opens the Sequencer Module. Using the Sequencer the user is able to set up processes which 

can be used on specific interactions in the application or as batch render setup. Read 

Sequencer Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Export > Variants 

Variants 

Variants 

All variants set in the VariantsSet Module will be saved in a separate xml file.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Edit > Create Backplate 



Creates a Backplate. A dialog box will appear, where the backplate image can be selected. 

When a backplate is created the render option 'Backplate' will be activated. A Backplate 

Material will be created in the material editor. To change the backplate image, select a new 

texture in the Backplate Material in the Material Editor.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Stereo > Horizonal interlaced 


Horizontal interlaced 

Activates horizontal interlaced stereo rendering.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Stereo > Top/Bottom split 



The RenderView is split into two render areas. The top half of the RenderView draws the left 

eye's field of view, and the bottom half draws the right eye's field of view of the stereo 

rendering.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Switch 

Switch 

Switch - creates a Switch node. Switch nodes set 

only one of their children visible. The child to be set 

visible can be set under Info->NodeEditor->Editor. 

Switches can also be set in the Variants and 

VariantsSets Module.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Directional Light 


DirectionalLight - creates a DirectionalLight node. A 

DirectionalLight is a lightsource, which casts parallel 

light beams. Read Appearance-> LightEditor - 

>Create-> DirectionalLight.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Chrome Material 


Chrome Material - creates a Truelight Crome 

Material. Using the Chrome Material chromic and 

metallic surface behaviors can be simulated. 


color. When the chrome reflection is colored, 

then the reflected objects will also be colored. 

Smear - sets the reflection`s blur amount. 

Only supported in OpenGL rendering mode. 

Contrast - sets the reflection`s contrast level. 

Saturation - sets the reflection`s saturation 

level. 


amount. The higher the roughness value, the 

blurrier the reflection will get. 

Rough Chrome Settings - a bump structure 

can be added to the chrome material. Only 

supported in OpenGL rendering mode. 


reflections and bump structure. 

Structure Size - sets the bump structure size. 

Structure Intensity - sets the bump 

structure`s intensity. 



High - sets the noise quality to high. This allows even on extreme close ups 

sharp and detailed noise structures. 








repetition. 



repeated. 



Common Settings























sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Reflective Plastic Material 


Reflective Plastic Material - creates a Truelight 

Reflective Plastic Material. The Reflective Plastic 

Material is suitable to simulate shiny or glossy plastic 

surfaces. 















intensity. 

Color Texture 

Use Texture - loads an image texture 

for the diffuse color channel. The image 

will be used as a pattern on the 

surfaces. Read MaterialEditor -> Textures for texture placement. 














Bump Texture 
















texture. 


texture. 


activated. 












repetition. 



repeated. 


















Interactive Quality - sets the render-quality mode and render-quality level during








sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Animation 

Animation 

In this chapter you can find all information about creating, adjusting and playing animation in VRED 

Professional and adjusting camera settings.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Animation > Camera 

Camera 

Camera 

Opens the Camera Module. Using the Camera Module all camera settings can be defined and 

adjusted. Read Camera Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Export > Add VRML animation 



VRML animations can be added to the current scene. Precondition is that the animated objects 

exist in the current file.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Stereo > Vertical interlaced 



Activates vertical interlaced stereo rendering.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Stereo > Left/right split 


Left/Right split 

The RenderView is split into two render areas. The left half of the RenderView draws the left 

eye's field of view, and the right half draws the right eye's field of view of the stereo 

rendering.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > StereoSwitch 

StereoSwitch 

StereoSwitch - creates a StereoSwitch node. A 

StereoSwitch node can draw its first two children 

seperated from each other. While the first child is 

drawn on the left eye channel, the second child is 

drawn on the right eye channel. To activate the 

StereoSwitch activate any stereo render mode.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > DistanceLOD 

DistanceLOD 

DistanceLOD - creates a DistanceLOD node. Using a 

DistanceLOD the drawn children can be exchanged in 

dependence of the objects distance from the camera. 

Usually the DistanceLOD is used to reduce the 

geometry detail when the camera is far away from an 

object and raise the geometry details when the 

camera is close to an object by switching between 

different geometries. This keeps the frame rate high.


You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Brushed Metal Material 


Brushed Metal Material - creates a Truelight 

Brushed Metal Material. Using the Brushed Metal 

Material all types of metal surfaces can be simulated. 














Roughness U/V - the Roughness parameter 

defines the amount of diffuse reflection and, its 




On metallic surfaces the roughness can vary 

against the surface direction. Especially when 

the surface is finished. 

Due to this the roughness intensity can be separately set in U and V direction. 

Brush Plane - sets the brush direction. To make the brush structure visible Bump Texture -> 

Bump Structure must be activated. 

XY - sets the line-structure projection plane to XY 

XZ - sets the line-structure projection plane to XZ 

YZ - sets the line-structure projection plane to YZ 

Radial XY - sets the radial-structure projection plane to XY 

Radial XZ - sets the radial-structure projection plane to XZ 

Radial YZ - sets the radial-structure projection plane to YZ 

Brush Center - sets the brush projection center. To center the Projection pivot automatically, 


projection pivot. 

Reflectivity - sets the Brushed Metal Material`s reflective intensity. 

Color Texture 







which can be set.

























Bump Texture 
















texture. 


texture. 


activated. 





Incandescence Settings - the incandescence defines the shader`s self-illumination behavior.







repetition. 



repeated. 


























sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 
























You are here: Modules > Material Editor > Materials Tab > TrueLight Materials > Plastic Material 


Plastic Material - creates a Truelight Plastic Material. 

The Plastic Material is suitable to simulate diffuse 

plastic or leather surfaces. 




















intensity. 

Color Texture 






















which can be set.










Bump Texture 
















texture. 


texture. 


activated. 












repetition. 



repeated. 


























sampled. 



samples. 









filtering. 







sampled. 





Use Material Settings - uses the material´s specific sampling quality which can

e set in "IBL Quality". 


















You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Animation > Animation 

Animation 

Animation 

Opens the Animation Module. Using the Animation Module animation can be stored to initially 

be executed. Imported object, vertex or camera animations from other application are listed 

here and can be executed by Python scritps, attached to sensors, retimed and further more. 

Read Animation Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Animation > Curve Editor 

Curve Editor 

Curve Editor 

Opens the CurveEditor Module. Using the CurveEditor animations for all objects can be created. 

These animations can be stored in Blocks, to be rearranged in the ClipMaker Module, attached 

to sensors and be listed in Varaints of the VariantsSets Module. Read CurveEditor Module, 

ClipMaker Module, Animation Module, VariantsSets Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Export > Optimize Scene 

Optimize Scene 


Optimizes the scene to improve the performance. Rendering speeds up and memory usage 

lowers after optimization. There are three different optimization algorithms. 

Optimize Geometries - Optimizes the geometry structure. 

Optimize/ Share Geometries - Optimizes the geometry structure and tries to 

share duplicated geometries. 

Merge/ Optimize/ Share Geometries - Changes the scenegraph structure to 

achieve a maximum of optimization.


You are here: Scenegraph > Scenegraph Menu > Create > Hostswitch 

Hostswitch 

Hostswitch - creates a HostSwitch node. HostSwitch 

children can be rendered on a dedicated host 

computer. To enter the host computers name select 

Info->NodeEditor->Editor-> hostname.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > Animation > Clip Maker 

Clip Maker 

Clip Maker 

Opens the ClipMaker Module. Using the Clip Maker Module animations created in the 

CurveEditor Module and bounded in Blocks can be arranged in clips, retimed, adjusted and 

exported. Read ClipMaker Module and CurveEditor Module.


You are here: Menus and icons tab > Menus > File > Export > Quit 

Quit 

Quit 

Quits the application.

PI-VR - VRED Professional 4.2 - PI-VR GmbH

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?